Home

English - NTTドコモ

Contents

1. ooorrorrom 192 Google Settings E aio ah EE 54 Google Voice Search ee ooooo 61 Google voice typing 61 62 79 Google O teeth cielo E E 6S iar 16s eh EEEE 54 GPS function ssert tte 189 H Handwriting input cs de a 067 73 Hangouts aaa aaa ias 54 HDMI o o ooonoocnoccononos s 256 Home application 49 60 87 98 Home screen e ccoo este testes 49 87 Adding AN TEET 50 91 Deleting ETETETT aa dias le 50 91 Folder oooo oo oooo 51 91 Group crrrrrrrrrrrrrrnr nana 91 Kisekae ais great cet wws i GW ee it ae vw 93 List Se ee ee a a ee NR 87 Shortcut ccccc cc 50 88 92 Sorting ARA ee eee 92 Wallpaper sstttttstssteeeeeeeees 51 93 Widget ias dado ae 50 88 92 IC Tag Barcode Reader 56 iC transfer service e 139 Appendix Index 312 i channel ee ee ee ee aa a a a a a e a a a a 55 i concier co oooonos pr or or orpoo o 55 Infrared communication seres 242 Infrared data Pont 2s esses se esate 30 242 Initial settings ee a ee re er a 40 Input support conos or 79 International call lt s sones 101 262 International roaming service 258 International roaming setting 264 IrDA Infrared communication 242 J Japanese syllabary keyboard 1 72 K Key icons cono eones onnoo oro 41 Kisekae ewe se 0 ica 93 Koe no Takuhaibin cono onnor oo
2. Appendix Index 309 A Applications ooo ooooooonopooooo o 220 Ai Adding to Home screen 95 About phone 237 Managing io 220 Access point AEE EE NT ara Moving rrcrtt crete tte e eee 95 Initializing secrete ete tees 21 Resetting o ttt ttt 222 Settin coo oo oonoooonoornoorsoooooo o 21 2 g ng Uninstalling 92 95 138 221 Accessibility crrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrs 236 GE et A Applications button 87 ccount ibl htones ico carniames 215 Auto sync vtrr rrr ttt t ett r etree eee 234 Audible touch tones A AUTO GPS coo o oocoooooooo n onooo oo 223 Removing sttecrrrrrrrrrnrrnnnres 234 ro A A 43 Setting ee 232 Adjusting sound volume 214 B Airplane mode rrr tres t teeters 208 Alarm amp clock 196 Backlight Setting alarm ccc ccc cette ett 197 Turning Off src ctr tte eeee 39 217 Album ccc c ccc eter e eee ee eeeeeee 181 Turning ON corororrrrrrrnonnonnoro 39 Application tert r treet trees 52 94 Backup amp reset 9 e stecseseaeerees 231 Adding to Home screen ssc ec eee tees 57 Battery level ee ee EEEEEEEEREE 35 237 ne 53 Battery usage sete tear estais eres 219 Search cece cette eee teen ee eees 52 Bluetooth o ooooooooo 245 Searching EIA EE RARA 97 Devicename sssctt ttt ttt ttle 246 Sharing crcctr tcc cte settee eect ees 58 Pall seng erratas pe 246 Sorting scrrrc tte te teste terete e
3. Apps 198 FIE YIP YT docomo On the alarm screen tap Timer backup tap Move or back up data such as phonebook Tap Set time entries sp mode mails bookmarks etc using Flick numbers up and down to external memory such as microSD card adjust the time and then tap Set DO not remove the battery or microSD card during backup or restoring Doing so may Aa ON Tap Start damage the terminal data Timer starts and appears in the e Ifthe battery is low backup or restore may not status bar be done In that case charge the terminal and 5 Tap Stop retry to back up or restore e Stop sounding alarm after a set time e docomo apps password is required to back has elapsed up or restore For details on docomo apps e Tap Stop within a set time duration to password see docomo apps password pause timer Tap Start to resume timer P223 Information Information Tap 8 to set time from Timer history e For details on docomo backup tap then tap e Tap La and select an alarm sound then tap Done Help to view the help to change the alarm sound e While using a desired application tap and E to use the timer of Small apps P59 Apps 199 If microSD card is not installed data such as images and movies are saved to the internal storage You can back up only data such as images and movies stored in the internal storage Data stored in microSD card cannot be backed up From the
4. Deleting settings for activating the application You can delete settings for activating the application and restore to the default q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps 2 Tap an application to delete its settings 3 Tap Clear defaults Resetting application You can reset disabling applications P 221 settings for activating application P 222 or restricting background data 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps 2 Tap Hil and tap Reset app preferences 3 Tap Reset apps Set preferred application in the terminal You can also make settings for USB connection or Wi Fi connection to a PC or other devices About PlayStation Check trademarks of Certified PlayStation Wireless controller Use a commercially available DUALSHOCK 3 USB cable adapter to connect DUALSHOCK 3 wireless controller to the terminal Preferred apps P223 settings Smart Connect Set to activate applications automatically when you connect a commercially available earphone the AC adapter for charging etc Also set how applications operate when activating or deactivating Set to allow a device compatible with MirrorLink to operate the terminal using microUSB cable Throw settings Play various contents in the terminal with other device USB Connectivity P 252 Start MirrorLink Settings 222 Setting preferred apps You can set for applications Home app unlock scree
5. Indicates compulsory actions in accordance with instructions Indicates to remove the power plug from the outlet E Safety Precautions are described in the following categories 1 Handling the terminal battery pack adapter desktop holder docomo mini UIM card COMMON traia 8 2 Handling the terminal 10 3 Handling battery pack suecia 12 4 Handling adapter or desktop holder 13 5 Handling the docomo mini UIM card 15 6 Handling the terminal near electronic medical equipment cisseicsteetictstesdebeeatecdens 15 7 Material list waronsneasoeceusteveresve 16 1 Handling the terminal battery pack adapter desktop holder docomo mini UIM card common N DANGER Do not use store or leave the equipment in hot places e g by the fire near a heater Dont under a kotatsu in direct sunlight in a car in the hot sun including the event that you ware the equipment in the pocket of your clothes etc Doing so may cause fire burns or injury Do not place equipment inside cooking appliance such as a microwave oven or high Dont pressure containers Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Do not disassemble or modify the equipment se Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock R Do not let the equipment get wet with water drinking water urine of pet animals No liquids etc Doing so may cause fire burns
6. Information e To delete history for learned words individually touch and hold a word you want to delete and tap Delete Setting online dictionary In Hiragana Kanji input mode in inputting character when using Kanji handwriting input activate online dictionary to display in conversion candidates q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Dictionaries gt Online dictionary 2 Tap Online dictionary then read the note and tap Agree e Online dictionary is marked Information In Hiragana Kanji input mode touch and hold touch and hold EJ in inputting character when using Kanji handwriting input to activate online dictionary Before Using the Terminal 83 Backing up and restoring dictionary User dictionary and Words by learning can be backed up onto an internal storage and restored when needed q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Dictionaries Backup amp restore 2 Tap Backup Restore 3 Marka dictionary to back up restore e Select My words Japanese My words English Learn words 4 Tap Go e When backing up a screen asking whether to overwrite the user dictionary on the internal storage appears When restoring a screen asking whether to overwrite the user dictionary in the terminal appears 5 Tap OK gt OK e The data is backed up or restored Information If restoring data is failed user dictionary in the terminal
7. Pulse notification Set whether to notify missed call light etc with blinking notification LED Screen mirroring Connect to a TV that supports Screen mirroring to display the screen of the terminal Themes Set an image for the Home screen unlock screen etc Quick settings P217 Lockscreen 2217 1 Image quality improving procedure for still pictures is effective only for viewing in Album application 2 Compatible with Wi Fi CERTIFIED Miracast Depending on usage environment image or sound may be interrupted or stopped Covering around the Wi Fi antenna with your hand may affect the quality of transferred images If you start Screen mirroring during Wi Fi connection Wi Fi connection is disconnected and switched to packet communication LTEAWCDMA GSM Adjusting the screen brightness 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt Brightness 2 Drag the slider to the right or left e Drag the slider to the left for dimmer screen or to the right for brighter screen 3 Tap OK Information e Mark Adapt to lighting conditions to adjust brightness automatically according to the ambient brightness with reference to the manually set brightness e Drag the status bar downwards and tap Brightness to switch the screen brightness to the maximum dim approx 30 of the maximum brightness Adjusting white balance From the Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt White balance
8. A microSDXC card can be used only on a compatible device Inserting a microSDXC card into a non microSDXC compatible device may damage or destroy data saved on the microSDXC card Do not insert one If you want to reuse a microSDXC card on which data is destroyed format microSDXC card all data will be erased on an SDXC compatible device When copying data to from a non SDXC compatible device use a card microSDHC card or microSD card complying with standards of device to share data The terminal supports up to Class 6 speed microSD card Filemanagement 238 e When installing removing the microSD card make sure to power off the terminal P39 Do not attach an AC adapter e For removing attaching the back cover see To ensure waterproofness dustproofness P2520 Inserting microSD card q Hook the groove on the bottom of the terminal with your fingertip and lift up the back cover to remove 2 Remove the battery pack check the orientation of the microSD card then slowly insert it straight into the holder e Insert the microSD card with metal contacts side down microSD card 3 Install the battery pack and attach the back cover then make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover Removing microSD card q Hook the groove on the bottom of the terminal with your fingertip and lift up the back cover to remove 2 Remove the battery pack press the microSD card with your
9. Ifa call is received when using WALKMAN playing music resumes when the call ends Ifa call is received while watching 1Seg program 1Seg program restarts after the call ends e With some commercially available earphone sets sounds may not be output Camera You can shoot still pictures and videos by tapping the shutter icon start shooting icon stop icon or shooting screen or using the camera key a Shooting still pictures is available in the portrait and landscape screen Landscape screen is good for shooting videos For shooting with Sweep Panorama always hold the camera horizontally Still pictures and videos are saved automatically in the internal storage or a microSD card e All pictures or videos that you capture on the terminal are stored into the internal storage or a microSD card When saving to a microSD card attach a microSD card before using the camera e Ifyou use microSD card with an i mode compatible terminal photos and videos shot by the terminal cannot be shown Apps 158 e Avoid copyright infringements when you handle photos videos or sound recorded using the terminal e g copy edit In addition avoid rights infringements of portraits by using these photos without consent altering them or by other means Note that capturing or recording a stage performance entertainment or exhibition may be prohibited even if for personal use E About the Copyright and Portrait rights Objects suc
10. OK ip on each selected song turns red On the play list screen tap Reorder Delete Drag of the playlist you want to change the order up or down Tap Save gt OK Deleting playlist 1 2 3 On the play list screen tap Reorder Delete Select a playlist you want to delete e i on each selected playlist turns red e Tapping Select all playlists toggles select all deselect all Tap Save gt OK Information e Recently added songs Recently played songs and Most played songs playlists cannot be deleted Apps 187 Socialife is an application with which you can view or manage SNS such as Facebook Twitter etc or news websites etc collectively e To use Socialife an account for Facebook or Sony Entertainment Network is needed From the Home screen tap O then tap Socialife e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Menu Various operations can be done from the following menu My Stream Display timelines of registered network services and news sites as one Also displaying them by category such as Facebook Twitter news etc is available Favorites Display SNS messages news articles etc registered to Favorites in My stream Discovery Display popular news sites among Socialife users recommended news sites etc Settings Register news site manage sign in IDs or display help or information etc Apps 188 Location services Y
11. Select the phonebook entry to combine Information e To cancel binding on the profile screen of a phonebook entry you want to separate tap tap Doin Separate Separate then Deleting a phonebook entry 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Delete 2 Mark the phonebook entry you want to delete e lf you want to delete all phonebook entries tap Select all e Tap Index to search phonebook to delete 3 Tap Delete gt OK Information To delete only a phonebook entry in the phonebook list screen select a phonebook entry you want to delete andtap then tap Delete gt OK Checking My profile and editing information 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap My profile tab 2 Tap Edit 3 Onthe My profile screen enter necessary information such as name e Tap Add to add items to register Tap in Others other items to register can be displayed 4 Tap Save Information e You can register multiple phone numbers mail addresses SNS Blog accounts etc in My profile e Name card data created with name card creator application can be saved to My profile and be exchanged via network When you use for the first time in the phonebook list screen tap the My profile tab Create new and follow the onscreen instructions Phone 114 Sending phonebook entries via infrared communication q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap O
12. Self timer Geotagging Microphone Touch capture Data storage can be set Other Video camera setting P 171 are not supported by Front video camera Some settings take over the camera settings set at the time when switching Quick launch allows you to activate camera to shoot when using other application or from the the unlock screen the Home screen etc Information By default on the unlock screen tap M to activate camera Also drag EJ left to activate camera 4 Press and hold a for overa second e Launch only still camera to activate the camera is set by default e For behavior when using Quick launch make setting from the shooting screen For details see Quick launch P 166 Use Face detection to focus on a face located away from the center The camera detects up to 5 faces and selects 1 face for auto focus The camera determines the most suitable face according to the balance of distance from the camera and from the center A selected face is surrounded with a yellow frame and automatically focused on You can select a face to focus on by tapping a frame Setting face detection q Press and hold 4 for over a second e The shooting screen P 160 appears 2 Onthe shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Normal Video camera On the shooting screen tap and Focus mode gt Face detection Apps 176 Shooting using face detection
13. Settings 216 2 Drag the slider of Saturation or Hue to the right or left e Touch and hold the area displays Press and hold here to see previous setting to check the previous setting 3 Tap Done Information Tap BI in Step 2 and tap Default values to initialize setting Adjusting the idle time before the screen turns off From the Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt Sleep Select a time option before the screen back light turns off Information e To turn the screen back light off immediately press Setting screen saver 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt Daydream 2 Tap CH in Daydream or drag it right 3 Tap When to daydream to select a timing to start e Tap Start now to activate screen saver Information Tap Bg to change Daydream settings Editing quick settings on the Notification panel You can edit number of quick settings P 48 on the Notification panel or sort their order From the Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt Quick settings E To select quick settings to be displayed Mark tools you want to display e Up to 10 items can be displayed E To change order of quick settings Drag MH off the quick setting you want to change the order up or down Changing wallpaper of the unlock screen e You can change the wallpaper when Set all to or Lock screen in Preferred apps settings P223 is set to Xperia 1 From the
14. With Face detection set point the camera at the object e Each detected face is framed up to 5 faces Tap the frame you want to focus on or let the camera select which face to focus on without tapping e A yellow frame shows the face in focus Shoot photo video e For information on how to shoot see Shooting still pictures R161 or Recording videos P 170 Smile shutter allows you to capture a face just as it smiles The camera detects up to 5 faces and selects 1 face for smile shutter and auto focus A selected face is surrounded with a yellow frame and when the selected face smiles the frame turns to blue and the camera automatically takes a photo Setting smile shutter i 2 3 Press and hold _ for over a second e The shooting screen P160 appears On the shooting screen tap KA then tap Smile Shutter Select smile level for the smile shutter Taking a photo using smile shutter Set smile shutter and point the camera at the object e Each detected face is framed up to 5 faces e The camera selects which face to focus on A yellow frame shows the face in focus The camera automatically takes the photo when a face in focus smiles e Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage or a microSD card e If no smile is detected operate the steps in Shooting still pictures P 161 to shoot a picture Apps 177 Picture effect allows you to shoot pictu
15. docomo Y AD 5555555 CV 01 Xperia feat HATSUNE MIKU 01 SO 04E l o AAA INSTRUCTION MANUAL 13 8 ntrod uctio n Instruction Manual PDF file Operations and settings of each function are Thank you for your purchase of Xperia feat explained It can be downloaded from NTT DOCOMO HATSUNE MIKU SO 04E website For proper use of the SO 04E read this manual nttp www nttdocomo cojp english support trouble manual download index html aretes You can download the latest information of 7 4 YIRI bBA E Quick Start Guide The About manuals of SO 04E URL and contents are subject to change In addition to this manual the operations of SO 04E without prior notice are described in 74 y 7A9 b7I 1 F Quick Start Note Guide in Japanese only and Instruction Manual application of the terminal in Japanese only e Reproduction or reprint of all or part of this manual mae without prior permission is prohibited 0 74 17 13 5314 F Quick Start Guide e Important information for SO 04E is posted in the Supplied accessories following website Be sure to check before using The initial operations and settings after purchasing http wwwsonymobile cojp support use_support the terminal screen view contents and operations of product so 04e In Japanese only main function are explained Instruction Manual Application of the terminal Similarly to this manual operations an
16. e Multitap text input is available by default When not using it you can cancel by the following operations 1H On a character entry screen touch and hold EH Tap Bg On screen keyboard settings Unmark Multitap text input checkbox Information e In case of Multitap text input when the tapped key s highlighter goes off and you can enter a character assigned to the same key consecutively without tapping E Enter characters using a keyboard with characters allocated in the same arrangement as general PCs Enter Japanese in Roman character Function The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alphabet Display a pop up menu Touch and Display the setting screen for hold Japanese keyboard E Display the extensions list Two byte EN One byte Switch character mode Change size and location of software keyboard except for landscape screen and Kanji handwriting input l Hide the software keyboard keyboard switch The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alohabet gt Number Symbol Enter one byte two byte symbols from the displayed list Switch the tab to enter facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail Before Using the Terminal 68 Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion Move the cursor To the right Touch and ho
17. etc iD is a convenient electronic money by credit clearance scheme You can enjoy shopping simply and conveniently only by holding Osaifu Keitai with credit information set or the iD compatible card over the IC card reader in stores Because up to 2 types of credit information can be registered in Osaifu Keitai you can use them according to the benefits etc It also supports cashing depending on the card issuer e To use iD with Osaifu Keitai subscribing to a card issuer that supports iD settings for iD application are required The charges required for iD service including the annual charge vary by card issuer e For using the application a packet communication charge is applied e A packet communication charge for oversea use differs from the one in Japan e For details on iD refer to iD website http id credit com In Japanese only Apps 142 ToruCa is an electronic card that can be obtained to mobile phones It can be obtained from the IC card reader or site as store information coupon ticket etc Obtained ToruCa is saved to the ToruCa app Use the ToruCa app to display search or update For details on ToruCa refer to NTT DOCOMO website Information For obtaining displaying or updating ToruCa a packet communication charge may be applied Some ToruCa provided to i mode terminal may not be obtained displayed updated Depending on the settings of IP Information Provider the foll
18. gt VPN 2 TapaVPN to connect to 3 Enter required authentication information and tap Connect e When you are connected to a VPN appears in the status bar Disconnecting a VPN 1 Drag the status bar downwards 2 Tap anotification that indicates VPN connected 3 Tap Disconnect Information e Alternatively from the Settings screen P202 tap More gt VPN tap a connected VPN and Disconnect to disconnect VPN Tethering stands for using mobile devices such as smartphone as modem to allow USB compatible devices wireless LAN devices or Bluetooth devices to access the Internet Information e Packet communication charge when using tethering varies depending on the charging plan you use Subscription of packet flat rate service is highly recommended e For details on usage charge see the following website http www nttdocomo co jp english Settings 209 e When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted mobile data communication is disabled or the terminal is out of service area USB tethering or Wi Fi tethering and Bluetooth tethering using mobile network are not available Setting USB tethering Connecting the terminal to a USB compatible PC with Micro USB Cable 01 optional and using the terminal as a modem you can connect the PC to the Internet q From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Tethering amp portable hotspot 2 Connect the terminal to a PC using a mi
19. 227 PIN code ce 0 0ccccorrrrrrrrrrcccar ro 226 Setting menu ssc ccs ttt ttt 202 Setup guide ee ee ae 40 Shabette concier ttt 55 Shooting Still pictures sees 161 Silent mode a o aaa 43 SIM card lock aa cas e ata 227 Small APPS trates rs 59 Smart Connect crete ttt 222 SMS err eeeeseesseesssseseneeeresee 118 Socialife AA A a Gia E 1 88 Software keyboard E ET EEE 63 Common settings E EAEE E E EEEN 78 Keyboard skin o 81 Software update E a as 279 Sony Select corr ttt teeta 53 Sound RA E AAA 21 4 Specific Absorption Rate of Mobile Phone pre Errar apa ac ee aes 292 Specification O 286 sp mode daria aa a a 21 3 sp mode mail O 1 1 8 Status bar c ccc tes 45 Statusicon ccc ccc tee 45 Stopwatch CeCe eee ee ee ee eee ee ee 198 Storage ia WS EE EEEE ree 4 218 238 Device memory Internal storage 218 238 External storage a a 218 238 Synchronizing datacccc ccc t cette 234 T Task Manager seerrs eaa 59 Tethering ae 10 88s iW aaa ia a denies uot dare dare 209 Bluetooth tethering sut wiwewa wave eus 211 USB tethering A ia 210 Wi Fi tethering AA LS 210 Text editing E we Rew Sew ee 77 Theme Home SCreen eee cocorccrrrrcrcncco os 52 Themes cc cccrrrrrrrrrarrrcaccor ooo 216 Timer cc cect t cette rete ee eens 199 ToruCa ss tcc t cette tee teeters 143 Touch screen trees 42 Drag Sis at aid de we eerie Ae eae as we ade eae ae 42 Flick terete ooooooo oo 42 Pinch ccc cere c
20. Contacts Activate Xperia phonebook application to manage contacts of your friends or colleagues Dial Activate Xperia phone application to make receive calls and switch between calls Messaging Send and receive messages SMS P 118 Browser Browse website and WAP sites except for WML and download files gt P131 WALKMAN Playback music data stored on the internal storage or microSD card Album View photos and videos you took and images posted on Facebook or Picasa gt P 181 Movies Play downloaded contents with Video Unlimited or videos that are transferred from a PC to the terminal On the terminal you can play videos of a DLNA device or programs that are recorded with a Blu ray Disc recorder after transferring to the terminal by TV transfer Sony Select Connect Sony Select to obtain applications games etc Camera Take photos and record video clips gt P158 5 Play Store Access to the Google Play download and buy new applications gt P 137 Facebook Activate Facebook client application gt P 233 BJ Email Send and receive emails multiple accounts are available gt P121 E Calendar Display a calendar and manage schedule gt P 194 Maps Use Google map services such as viewing current location finding another location and calculating routes P 191 Before Using the Terminal 53 fea File Commander You can easily find still pictures videos music data downloaded files etc g
21. Erase everything A e The terminal restarts automatically and account server ve l the initial setting screen appears Automatic Set to restore backup settings or data restore when re installing application information Data transfer Set to the mode to transfer the data While the terminal is restarting or resetting wait for a mode in the terminal using the docomo while If the battery pack is removed while restarting all contents music photos videos etc shop terminal or resetting the terminal may malfunction Resetting the terminal Display Setup guide and make the terminal Resetting the terminal deletes all data settings including downloaded applications and e For details see Initial settings P40 accounts and resets the terminal back to the initial default state Make sure to back up important data you have on the terminal before you reset the terminal For the initial settings see Initial settings P40 Settings 231 ACCOUNTS You can manage add or delete online service accounts or synchronize contacts messages etc saved in online services with the terminal Setting Google account You can set a Google account on your terminal and use Google services such as Gmail Google Calendar Google Play etc You can set multiple Google accounts on the terminal 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Add account gt Google 2 Follow the registration wizard set a Google a
22. It appears when downloading via packet communication is unavailable Do not upgrade End Upgrade Android software without upgrading software Information e When the latest software is already applied to the terminal No upgrade is needed appears If downloading stops halfway data downloaded before interruption is retained To resume downloading resume from the notification icon Download stopped on the status bar When Download later is selected time for downloading is automatically set Start time cannot be changed If you do not want to download at the automatically set time tap Upgrade Android software Cancel to cancel the reservation of downloading To download update files from the Home screen tap and Settings gt About phone Upgrade Android software Start upgrading then select Download now only via Wi Fi Appendix Index 284 When downloading the update file is complete installing to the terminal is available e Install now Immediately install the update file e Install later Install the update file at reserved time Information e When installing is complete the terminal restarts e When Install later is tapped time for installing is automatically set To change the start time from the Home screen tap and Settings gt About phone Upgrade Android software then change start time After Android software is upgraded from the Home screen tap B Play
23. OK e Data roaming is marked Restricting background data q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap and Restrict background data then read the notes and then tap OK e Restrict background data is marked Information e To restrict use of specified Wi Fi network in Step 2 tap Bl and tap Mobile hotspots then mark a Wi Fi network you want to restrict Settings 207 Displaying Wi Fi usage status 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap Bl and mark Show Wi Fi usage e Wi Fi tab is displayed and tap it to check Wi Fi usage condition In this mode the functions of using radio wave transmissions such as calling accessing to the Internet including sending receiving mails etc are disabled It is useful when you want to operate the terminal with no interruption of incoming calls or mails Turning on Airplane mode 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More 2 Mark Airplane mode e When Airplane mode is set Kg appears on the status bar e When you unmark Airplane mode the Airplane mode turns off Information e Alternatively press and hold for over a second and then tap Airplane mode in the pop up screen or drag the status bar downward and tap Airplane to set Airplane mode to on off Even if Airplane mode is on Wi Fi Bluetooth function and NFC Reader Writer P2P function can be turned on Be careful not to use Wi Fi Blue
24. This terminal supports Emergency call location information If you use the terminal to place a call to emergency numbers such as 110 119 or 118 the information of a location where you are calling from location information is automatically notified to the Emergency call acceptance organization such as the Police Station The Emergency call acceptance organization may not be able to figure out your exact location depending on the location where you place a call or radio wave condition If you make a call hiding your caller ID such as by entering a phone number with 184 for each call the location information and phone number are not notified However the Emergency call acceptance organization may decide to obtain the location information and phone number regardless of your settings when they consider it is necessary for lifesaving etc Note that the areas time for which the Emergency call location information is ready to be used vary depending on the preparatory state of each Emergency call acceptance organization If you call to emergency numbers with Reject unregistered call is ON the setting turns off automatically When calling 110 119 or 118 for emergency from the terminal tell that you are calling from a mobile phone and give your phone number and your current location precisely for checking callback from the police fire department Also make a point to call in a stationary position to prevent the call from being d
25. When date and time are not set correctly terminal such as malfunction damage or water g ye e leak DOCOMO recommends backing up necessary When the manita battery IS not sufficient data in advance However some data may not be 7 When the remaining memory is not backed up sufficient e Upgrading software may take time Appendix Index 283 e During international roaming or when the terminal is out of service area When docomo network is not available or during roaming install cannot be started even if Wi Fi is connected appears e When Upgrade Android software is performed some settings are initialized Make the settings again e When upgrading Android software the private information concerning the terminal model serial number etc is automatically sent to the server of DOCOMO DOCOMO does not use the sent information for purposes except Upgrade Android software If Upgrade Android software failed and all operations become disabled please contact a DOCOMO specified repair office 1 Fromthe Home screen tap and tap Settings gt About phone gt Upgrade Android software 2 Tap Start upgrading e Download now only via Wi Fi Immediately download the update file via Wi Fi connection Download later via Wi Fi or Xi Download the update file via Wi Fi connection or packet communication at specified time Download later only via Wi Fi Download the update file via Wi Fi at reserved time
26. When you do not use MHL connection remove the MHL cable or HDMI adapter and cancel MHL connection If the HDMI cable remains connected the battery may be consumed quickly The terminal does not support resolution 720X576p 50Hz for MHL output to TV e You can operate the TV launcher screen the Home screen or applications using a TV remote control if connecting the following devices MHL compatible TV supporting Remote Control Protocol RCP HDMI compatible TV supporting Consumer Electronic Control CEC To connect to an HDMI compatible TV a commercially available HDMI connector MHL adapter compatible with RCP is required Some applications may not support remote control operations To check operations by TV remote control drag the status bar downwards and tap MHL connected Remote control usage External device connection 257 Overview of International roaming WORLD WING With the international roaming WORLD WING you can use the terminal without changing phone number or mail address in the service area of the overseas network operator affiliated with DOCOMO You do not need to change the settings of call and SMS E Supporting networks The terminal is Class 4 The terminal works in a 3G roaming area and GSM GPRS service area Services are also available in countries and areas supporting 3G 850MHz GSM 850MHz Check available areas Use 3G network or GSM GPRS network overseas because Xi is no
27. You can wash the terminal when it gets dirt or stained with liquid other than tap water Wash the terminal with tap water at normal temperature 50 350 by weaker water flow less than 6 L min at distance of approximately 10 cm away from the tap or shower When washing the terminal hold the microUSB jack cover headset jack cover and back cover so as not to open and wash the terminal with your hands not using brush or sponge After washing drain the terminal before use P 28 You can use at a poolside Do not throw water from the pool on the terminal or soak it in pool water Contents Precautions 24 E Opening the headset jack cover and microUSB jack cover Open the covers with your fingertip by the To avoid water ingress be sure to observe the AES following points e Do not throw any liquid other than room temperature tap water on the terminal or soak it in such liquid e Firmly close the microUSB jack cover headset jack cover and back cover Even a fine obstacle one hair one grain of sand tiny fiber etc put between contact surfaces may allow water to enter Do not poke the microphone earpiece Headset jack cover microUSB jack cover speaker flash photo light second E Closing the headset jack cover and microphone or strap hole with a sharp object microUSB jack cover scratched causing the waterproof dustproof arrows and ensure there are no gaps performance to degrade e The rubber gaskets
28. and With all faults Sony Mobile Communications AB does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such location information Use of location based information by the device may not be uninterrupted or error free and may additionally be dependent on network service availability Please note that functionality may be reduced or prevented in certain environments such as building interiors or areas adjacent to buildings Caution Do not use GPS functionality in a manner which causes distraction from driving Emergency calls Calls cannot be guaranteed under all conditions Never rely solely upon mobile phones for essential communication Calls may not be possible in all areas on all networks or when certain network services and or phone features are used Appendix Index 298 Mi Antenna Use of antenna devices not marketed by Sony Mobile Communications AB could damage the phone reduce performance and produce SAR levels above the established limits Do not coverthe antenna with your hand as this affects call quality power levels and can shorten talk and standby times Radio Frequency RF exposure and Specific Absorption Rate SAR When the phone or Bluetooth handsfree is turned on it emits low levels of radio frequency energy International safety guidelines have been developed through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies These guidelines establish permitted levels of radio wave exp
29. delete all Reserve recording viewing TV program q On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB Tap Reservation list and tap E Tap Manual A Y N Tap Viewing reservation Recording reservation e Reservation setting screen appears 5 Seta program name channel start time end time etc and tap E then tap YES Information e Alternatively tap From Program guide in Step 3 you can reserve recording watching e On the reservation setting screen tap MN to display available memory on the microSD card Record images sound captions or data broadcasting while displaying q On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap I to start recording 2 Onthe 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap E to end recording Apps 154 Information Maximum savable recorded data file size is 2GB and maximum recordable time is approximately 640 Ge iit at You can listen to the FM radio with the Items can be saved up to 99 terminal Tuning can be made automatically e Recorded data is saved on a microSD card Recording or manually and you can register your is not available if a microSD card is not attached favorite channels to Favorites To use FM When you use the microSD card from another oe radio use a commercially available earphone application while recording recording may fail set or headphone They work as antenna Playing a recorded program q Onthe 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB 2 Ta
30. to edit 2 Onthe profile screen tap Edit 3 Selecta required item and edit e Tap Add to set phone number or mail address or tap Del to delete the set information 4 Tap Save Information e You cannot edit contacts for the Facebook account Registering a phonebook entry to Favorites You can mark a phonebook entry as a favorite The favorite list provides quick access to the phonebook entry you have marked q On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry to register Favorites 2 Onthe profile screen tap e The icon turns to L and the entry is registered to Favorites Information e Phonebook entries saved to the docomo account Google account can be added to Favorites e To display phonebook entries added to Favorites on the phonebook list screen tap Groups Favorites or from the Home screen tap and then tap Favorites tab Phone 112 Setting photo in a phonebook entry q On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry you want to add a picture On the profile screen tap Edit Tap Setting for Image A Y NO Tap Take photo Select picture e When you tap Take photo select Camera or Picture effect and then select Always or Just once to take a photo For information on howto shoot by Picture effect see Picture effect P178 e When you tap Select picture select Album or File Commander and then to select Alwa
31. 238 o ea 240 Using infrared COMMUNICATION eccconmmss 242 Using Bluetooth FUNCTION esses 245 Using NFC COMMUNICATION wrasse 249 External device connection 251 Connecting to PCooessssssseesaseesssesssensssssessessess 251 Connecting to DLNA device s s s 255 Connecting to other CEVICES csecssossareintisasinssein 256 WING hetene kan e ienna 258 Available services senn 258 An 259 Making receiving calls in the country you stay 262 Optional and related devices assesses 267 is GO MG cs crterat tetas te ncamoiiancansets 267 AX hI 4 OA LAR A en Anshin Remote Support sssi Warranty and After Sales Services vss Software update economia 279 Upgrade Android software wuss 283 Connecting to a PC and updating s 285 Main Specification aaa 286 290 Certificate and COMPLIANCE ccccecommness 291 Specific Absorption Rate of Mobile Phone etc End User Licence Agreement u s 304 About Open Source Software 305 Export Controls and Regulations wes 305 Intellectual Property Right sess 306 SUV ONC ereccion 309 els Seen eer re meee eae eee 310 Contents Precautions 4 About using the terminal e The terminal supports LTE W CDMA GSM GPRS and Wireless LAN Systems e Because a terminal operates using radio frequencies it cannot be used inside a tunnel underground in a building or other locations where radio waves do not reach the terminal in locations with weak radio wave condition or out
32. 266 Optional and related devices A variety of optional devices allows you to expand the terminal s capabilities by supporting a wide range of purpose including personal and business uses Some accessories are only available in some areas For details please contact a sales outlet such as docomo Shop For details on optional devices see the user s manual of each device e Back Cover S022 e Battery Pack SO09 e Carry Case 02 e Pocket charger 01 02 e AC Adapter cable S003 e AC Adapter 03 04 e DC Adapter 03 e Desktop Holder S017 AC Adapter Converter Plug TypeC 01 e Micro USB Cable 01 e Wireless Earphone Set 03 e DriveNetCradle 01 e L 03E Only supported as a charger to feed the terminal battery Troubleshooting e First check if the software update is necessary for the terminal If necessary perform the software update P279 e When checking the following items not to improve the state contactthe phone number given in Repairs the last page of this manual in Japanese only or DOCOMO specified repair office Hi Power supply Cannot power on the terminal e Check if the battery pack is installed correctly gt P 33 e Check if the battery is not run out gt P 34 Charging Cannot charge the terminal The notification LED does not turn on or the icon does not indicate charging status e Check if the battery pack is installed correctly gt P 33 e Check if the adapter s power plug
33. Flick it left or right to select any image Information e To return to the Home screen tap LA or ES or tap any home screen Application screen Application screen when Preferred applications is set to Xperia in the initial setting is explained here e For changing home application see Switching home application P 60 From the Home screen tap EH Application button e The Application screen appears x4 KOX1HPA May the maid gt NTT DOCOMO O Red Sort e To sort application icons displayed in the Application screen set Own order and touch and hold an application icon then drag it to any position O OY Search e Search for an application in the terminal E Optional menu icon e Uninstall P57 Share P58 or Customize can be operated To customize the Home screen such as changing the wallpaper tap Customize Before Using the Terminal 52 4 Widget Machi chara Application icon e Some application icons are displayed with a number of missed calls unread mails etc 6 Currently displayed position of the application screen e Flick the Application screen left or right to switch Information e To add an application screen while sorting application icons drag to the right end of the application screen Applications displayed on the Application screen are as follows e For usage of some applications separate subscription Charged is required 2
34. From land line phones lt Universal number gt as code 81 3 6832 6600 toll free ti number international 80001 20 01 51 You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land line phone etc You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for If you use SO 04E you should dial the number 81 3 6832 6600 the country you stay to enter touch and hold 0 For international call access codes for major countries and universal number international prefix refer to DOCOMO International Services website if you lose your terminal or have it stolen immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the terminal if the terminal you purchased is damaged bring your terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan When using your mobile phone in a public place don t forget to show and manufacturers Bring them to your nearest common courtesy and consideration for others around you docomo Shop ei useaiL 2yb9 9 Items to be collected mobile phones awe DHS battery packs chargers desktop Illustration by Xima holders regardless of brands and Background design by TOHRU MiTSUHASHi A manufacturers O Crypton Future Media INC www piapro net PIAPLO Don t forget your mobile phone or your manners T We collect old phones etc regardless of brands Sales NTT DOCOMO INC LAY Manufacturer Sony Mobile Communications Inc Li ion 00 13 8 1st Edition 1
35. Hide the software keyboard 0100 68 44 E software keyboard switch Appears in Hiragana Kanji input mode Switch upper lower case or add voiced sound semi voiced sound Appears in alphanumerics input mode tap to switch upper case and lower case The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alohabet gt Number e e ei Before Using the Terminal 73 facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail Appears before fixing character in Hiragana Kanji input mode It displays alphanumeric or katakana conversion candidates assigned to entered Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion Move the cursor To the right Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end tap to enter the same character as the one at Before the conversion is fixed REE Fix is displayed and fixes the entering characters or conversion characters When characters are already fixed enter a line feed at the cursor position When no character is entered or after entered character is fixed a Space can be entered Touch and hold to input spaces continuously Enter characters by voice input with docomo voice input or Google voice typing A candidate list appears Tap a character string you want to enter The Kan
36. MPEG 4 visual and AVC patent portfolio license for the personal and non commercial use of a consumer for i encoding video in compliance with the MPEG 4 visual standard MPEG 4 video or the AVC standard AVC video and or ii decoding MPEG 4 or AVC video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non commercial activity and or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG 4 and or AVC video No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use Additional information including that relating to promotional internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained MPEG LA L L C See http www mpegla com MPEG Layer 3 audio decoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners In context TM and mark are omitted Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved All other trademarks are property of their respective owners This terminal supports SIM unlock If you release SIM lock you can use SIM by a carrier other than NTT DOCOMO e The SIM unlock service is provided at a docomo Shop e ASIM unlock charge is separately required e If you use a SIM other than by DOCOMO LTE system is not available Available services and functions will be limited DOCOMO is not liable to any failures or malfunctions e For details of SIM unlock refer to NTT DOCOMO website
37. ON CIN E Batteryislow orless PUK code locked or docomo mini UIM card not inserted Appears when switched to the Home screen etc LT a tot E I o Q Q E The main notification icons displayed on the status bar are as follows New Gmail message New message SMS E Problem with message SMS delivery MB New Area Mail Y Screenshot captured ew Facebook message IM Utd daa to Face Ubicado data to Facebook compere Notification of data reception etc via Bluetooth communication Unmount microSD card reading writing unavailable J Preparing microSD card Update notification Installation complete available update application exist in Google Play application installation is complete E P sofare update nation Before Using the Terminal 46 a B EN mi te Lo LE Software update interrupted stopped Android software upgrade notification NFC Osaifu Keitai lock set to the terminal and docomo mini UIM card NFC Osaifu Keitai lock set to the terminal or docomo mini UIM card Omakase Lock set to the terminal and docomo mini UIM card Omakase Lock set to the terminal or docomo mini UIM card Missed call Timerimuse O ACERO O Timer in use 8 Alarm sounding A Playing a track with Media Player Playing a track with WALKMAN O Receiving Mobacas Watching 1Seg Notification of reserved watching recording al a i Ci bol EN OB i
38. Phone ringtone Default notification sound 2 Selecta ringtone or notification sound and tap Done Information e You can set voice file in wav m4a or in other format which is transferred from Media Go P 253 or downloaded from the Internet as a ringtone or notification sound e To seta ringtone or notification sound other than the ones stored by default tap Kg e When volume of Music video games amp other media is muted Volume 0 ringtone or notification sound cannot be heard Setting vibration when receiving a call q Fromthe Settings screen P 202 tap Sound and mark Vibrate when ringing e Ringtone sounds and the terminal vibrates when there is an incoming call Setting touch tones to ON q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Sound 2 Mark Dial pad touch tones Touch sounds e If you unmark them any operation tones do not sound when you tap Information e Dial pad touch tones is a sound for operations on the dial pad Touch sounds is a sound for selecting menu e To set the key sound of software keyboard set from Setting character entry P 77 Settings 215 Set brightness orientation of the screen etc Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 To view more vivid and beautiful photos and movies on the screen set image quality improving procedure Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 It adjusts contrast color shade etc Brightness P216 Pe Font size Set font size
39. Set whether to check Broadcasting communication or to use 2 Tap Settings gt Change the location information or area gt Empty the terminal information or clear the broadcasting 3 Tap Auto station memory e The terminal searches for available Sleep Timer Make a timer setting to end channels When the searching is aa ey complete a channel list appears i Enable disable subtitle deoe and set subie 4 Tapa channel you want to watch language and main sub e 1Seg watching screen appears sound Change area Register and change Information lira ines e Alternatively tap Area Select in Step 3 then select i your area to save channels Tune service You can select a sub channel when several programs services are broadcasted for separated sub channels in a channel Apps 152 Changing a broadcasting area 1 2 3 On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB Tap Settings gt Change area Select a registered area e Channels are switched to the ones for the selected area Information e Touch and hold the area registered in Step 3 to display details set area information refresh channels rename area or clear settings Changing numbers for TV remote Change TV remote number assigned to each broadcasting station Each broadcasting station can be called up via the corresponding TV remote number 1 On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 touch and hold an image or subtitle e A channel
40. Store gt My apps etc to check for updates of applications When there are updates for applications operations may become unstable or functions may not work properly without updating applications e For OS version support information on each application contact the application provider toes Connecting to a PC and updating You can update software by using PC Companion that can be installed into a PC from the terminal Information e To install PC Companion on a PC an Internet connection is required q Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable When PC Companion software screen appears on the terminal tap Install e Installer of PC Companion starts on the PC 3 Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC to install e PC Companion starts on the PC after the installation is complete If further software update is searched it is automatically notified Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC Appendix Index 285 4 Check if PC Companion is activated on the PC If not activate PC Companion from the Start menu Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable N Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC e If available software update is found it is automatically notified If software update is failed and the terminal does not boot restore the terminal by performing restoration using PC Companion e For restoration details see FAQ in the following websi
41. To switch the screen automatically between landscape and portrait screen from the Home screen tap then tap Settings Display and mark Auto rotate screen or from the Home screen tap then tap Settings Accessibility and mark Auto rotate screen Even when you change the orientation of the terminal the screen may not change to landscape view depending on the screen such as Home screen etc Changing orientation of the terminal in nearly horizontal state against the ground does not switch to portrait view landscape view automatically q Drag the status bar downwards 2 Tap Sound e Tap EB to activate silent mode vibration and tap to activate silent mode mute Tap to cancel silent mode information Press and hold for over a second and then tap A D in the pop up screen to switch silent mode mute silent mode vibration silent mode off From the Home screen etc press and hold lower part of to set silent mode vibration While silent mode vibration is on press lower of to set to silent mode mute On the unlock screen during a call or while the camera WALKMAN Media Player etc is activated pressing and holding lower part of does not set silent mode Setting the terminal to silent mode does not mute sounds for shutter playback of video or music alarm dialpad operation sound during a call or when End call is tapped etc Note that adjusting Volumes in Sound Ringtone amp noti
42. Vert4 1 7 pdf The terminal supports the display A Some files may not be viewed properly due to playback of the following file format corrupted layouts E Numbers of still images Estimation WAV PCM G 711 wav AAC 3gp m4a mp4 AAC 3gp m4a mp4 eAAC 3gp m4a mp4 MP3 mp3 AMR NB 3gp AMR WB 3gp MIDI SP MIDI GM GML mid XMF xmf Mobile XMF 1 0 mxmf RTTTL RTX rtttl roo OTA ota Melody imy Ogg Vorbis ogg FLAC flac PIFF isma j joo Gif PNG jong BMP i o O Mi Time length of shooting video H263 3gp 3gpp mp4 m4v H264 3gp Estimation 3gpp mp4 m4v mnv MPEG4 3gp 3gpp mp4 m4v VP8 webm mkv Xvid avi xvid mkv PIFF ismv Savable number of shot Up to approx 996 000 images in the internal images storage Savable number of shot Up to approx 41 940 images ina microSD card images 1GB Shot images with a resolution of 640X480 VGA Savable time of Per video Up to approx recording in the internal 254 min storage In total Up to approx Still images are saved in JPEG format when shot with 1 583 min Camera in the terminal Savable time of Per video Up to approx 63 E File format document recording ina microSD min card 1GB In total Up to approx 63 Files of the following version extension can ba be viewed on the terminal Time of recording with a resolution of 640X480 VGA Microsoft Micro
43. You can use the Bluetooth device that has been paired e Some Bluetooth devices make connections continuously after making pair setting e Authentication passcode PIN may be Tap the name of Bluetooth device you want to connect e While connecting to a device appears in the status bar and the connection status appears under the device name Information Tap PB on the name of connected Bluetooth device to check the status of that Bluetooth device or required on the Bluetooth pairing change the settings request screen information e Make sure that the Bluetooth function and Bluetooth e e detection function of the target device are on e When you make pair setting with the Bluetooth 1 device supporting Secure Simple Pairing SSP function a passkey appears on the screen Check the passkey and make the pair setting 2 ena a 3 1 Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on 2 From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Bluetooth 3 Tap Search for devices e A list of detected Bluetooth devices appears e Pair with Bluetooth device as required From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Bluetooth Tap the connected Bluetooth device name Tap OK e To reconnect tap the device name Datacommunication 247 Sending data v a Bluetooth function Bieta dece y seran tomas sharing menu of each application q From the Home screen tap and tap Settings Bluetoot
44. a route to check details Information e After Step 4 tap ZX to easily use route search with My Location as Start point Apps 193 n Displaying calendar Clear displayed layers route search results and some others From the Home screen tap then tap Calendar e A calendar screen appears 2 Tap any of Month Week Day e Tap Bi to move the cursor to date and Calendar time set on the terminal Number displayed on the icon shows the On the map screen tap fj and tap Clear Map The terminal has a built in calendar for the current date schedule If you have a Google account etc e Flick the calendar left or right to display you can synchronize the terminal s calendar the next or previous month week day and web calendar For details see Setting an according to the view mode account P 232 Pinch out in on the weekly or daily e When a Google account is set tap Sync schedule screen to zoom in out Calendar in the Sync items of Google calendar account P232 4 Tap on the calendar screen 2 Enter a name date and time location and description for event 3 Tap Done Apps 194 Information e When you set a Google account you can select an account to create schedule to in Step 2 e Tap beside Add reminder to add a new notification e Tap v in More and flick up the screen to set Repetition Attendees Time zone Show me as and Privacy Displaying eve
45. also download Media Go from the following website http mediago sony com enu features External device connection 253 If the terminal and a PC are connected in a pair on a Wi Fi network automatic connection disconnection of internal storage of the terminal with a PC is enabled when the terminal user comes in and out of the Wi Fi area You can easily access to files in the internal storage of the terminal from a connected PC Use Microsoft Windows 7 or Microsoft Windows 8 to make a pair setting Pair setting cannot be made under Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows Vista or other OS Connect a PC you want to set ina 1 pair to a Wi Fi network 2 Connect the terminal to a Wi Fi network P 203 3 Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable e When PC Companion software screen appears on the terminal tap Skip Make sure that the terminal is displayed as a portable device on JYE 1 9 Computer of the PC screen Right click the portable device icon then click Y J J Network composition Click RA Next On the pop up screen of the terminal tap Pair Onthe R Y9TILFIMIOD Y A J 7 tam Network composition of the portable device screen of the PC click ZT Done Disconnect the microUSB cable From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Xperia gt USB Connectivity gt Host name PC name in the TRUSTED DEVICES field Tap Connect e The t
46. and 19201080 image size with 16 9 aspect ratio Photo light Use the photo light to shoot when lighting conditions are poor or in backlight The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Burst or Sweep Panorama ES On The photo light turns on Off The photo light does not turn on Shooting direction Set shooting direction for Sweep Panorama The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Sweep Panorama Right Shoot moving the camera from left to right Left Shoot moving the camera from right to left Down Shoot moving the camera downward Up Shoot moving the camera upward Apps 169 SS eo Information For available setting items when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Front camera see Front camera P 175 Some settings cannot be used in combination with one another If you shoot pictures continuously with Data storage set to SD card dropping frames may occur depending on the writing speed of microSD card For fully using the performance of continuous shooting with High or Middle set Data storage to Internal storage Tap the start recording icon stop recording icon tap the recording screen or press 4 to start stop recording a video Recorded videos are automatically saved in the internal storage or a microSD card 1 2 Press and hold 4 for over a second On the shooting screen tap the
47. antenna SUS shaft middle Mobacas 1Seg antenna Nickel shaft bottom titanium 1Seg antenna 7 In Contents Precautions 16 Handling precautions E Common precautions SO 04E is waterproof dustproof however do not allow water or dust to seep into the terminal and do not allow accessories or optional devices to get wet or dust The battery pack adapter desktop holder and docomo mini UIM card are not waterproof dustproof Do not use in a bathroom or other highly humid area or do not let rain touch Or putting them on your body humidity of sweat may cause internal corrosion and malfunction Note that malfunctions which are determined to be caused by water as result of inspections are outside the scope of the warranty Since these conditions are outside of the scope of the warranty a repair if at all possible is charged Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth such as used for cleaning eyeglasses Do not rub it roughly with a dry cloth The display may be damaged Drops of water or dirt left on the display may cause stains Do not use alcohol thinner benzine cleaning detergent etc to clean the terminal These chemicals may erase the printing on the terminal or cause discoloration Clean the terminals occasionally with a dry cotton swab If the jack is soiled connection gets worse and it may cause power to be turned off or insufficient battery charge so clean the jack with a d
48. articles of SNS such as style Facebook Twitter etc your favorite news website etc that with photos or images set Socialife Friends _ Display the latest events of Friends registered to SNS such as Facebook Twitter etc Socialife Share Post messages to SNS such as Facebook Twitter etc TrackID Display TrackID Traffic Enter a widget name and destination to activate the widget showing travel time to the destination Tap to check supplied traffic information Connect to the service Video Unlimited where you can download favorite movies to the terminal and watch them everywhere Video Unlimited Display the list of frequently played videos and recommended ATTE Category navigation Display topics or search information by selecting category such as foodie and transfer information AIRDE 7 Z Tips of smartphone Display AV WEOIEC YP ZA Tips of smartphone 2 IL DU Diagnosis tool app 2 Select an item Activate diagnosis tool Information e If you install an application from Google Play the installed application may be added to the widget list e Ifthe Home screen is set to Xperia some widgets is unavailable docomo Palette UI 90 Adding a folder to the Home screen In Select an action menu P 88 tap Folder e A folder is added on the Home screen Information e To rename a folder tap a folder you want to rename and tap the name entry field to
49. balance 216 Wi Fi ist Cate O ais a ais tei 6 E S 202 Sleep policy do E OE E 205 Wi Fi Direct ns aa aa 206 Wireless Stereo Headset tete 102 156 Word suggestion E wove anid 79 WORLD CALL 0 ttt tte 101 World clock sien Ors 16 tes ie ariel wise as als 1 98 WORLD WING ssceccctr tsetse ttt 258 X XLOUD 00oooorcococanocanoocc moco 214 Xperia sore cree cess erect eee 222 Xperia Chinese keyboard 62 Xperia Japanese keyboard 62 Setting AAA 78 Xperia keyboard bd oe aaa 63 Y YouTube sia da 1 83 Numerics 1Seg e le ans tava 4h ace E 149 Data broadcasting ia 151 Initial settings AAA tina 150 Mobacas 1Seg antenna 30 144 Program guide pa da 155 Recording AA A AAA 1 54 Recording reservation 154 Appendix Index 316 Settings e nooo oo on oo o 1 51 TV Link ee ee ee ee ee ee a 1 53 Viewing reservation 154 Watching program ee 150 Appendix Index 317 Make various applications or charge your billing plan check your charges and points and more online sp mode dmenu gt BEFXRUR e Customer support gt KEDA HE Various applications procedures Packet communication free In Japanese only PC My docomo http www mydocomo com gt AESA HF Various applications procedures In Japanese only When using with sp mode Network security code is required When using w
50. broadcasting Gmail Select Gmail account or folder to service for smartphone display OfficeSuite Recent Display OfficeSuite recent Google Now Display information such as History history weather of current location Display personal area destination etc phonebook application provided Google Play Books View e books purchased in by DOCOMO Google Play Phonebook Select Display history of calls or Google Search Display the Google search box members message SMS of 3 contacts Google posts Display posted contents in selected from the phonebook Google fixed at random Infrared Send your profile or receive a file Play My Library Display videos or books via infrared managed in Google Play by iF p RIV 4 Y 1 y Display latest information such Sac ate laa My h i channel as news or weather 7 inane widget Play Display applications Miku Antenna Display signal condition and Ree enano ee my nee Ey ood dd by selecting from AIl Apps battery level of the terminal i Une TA a tact Books or Movies Miku Clock Display date and time When you pecans isola sonication download the dedicated Miku nd es d by Gooale Pl Alarm and set alarm ALARM ON pa No a turns on Schedule 8 Memo Display memos or photo memos on the calendar Screen mirroring Enable disable Screen mirroring docomo Palette UI 89 Socialife Display SNS such as Facebook Twitter etc your favorite news website etc Socialife visual Display
51. capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Video camera e The video recording screen P 160 appears E Recording with the start recording icon stop recording icon On the recording screen tap e to start recording and tap to stop recording SS eo E Shooting with Touch capture Set Touch capture then tap around a displayed frame on the recording screen to start recording and tap the recording screen to stop recording e To set Touch capture on the recording screen tap PA then tap Touch capture gt On E Using the camera key La On the recording screen tap A to start recording and tap 11 to stop recording e Even when Touch capture P 175 is set to On pressing A J starts stops recording a video Information Alternatively tap in Step 2 to start recording Do not cover the microphone with fingers etc when recording videos When you connect a commercially available earphone set or other Bluetooth device shutter sound may be softer On the video recording screen P 160 or while recording video tap the shutter icon to shoot still pictures Shot image sizes vary by video resolution setting Full HD HD 1 megapixel 1280720 with 16 9 aspect ratio VGA VGA 640480 with 4 3 aspect ratio QVGA QVGA 320X240 with 4 3 aspect ratio Apps 170 e To delete a setting item icon displayed on the shooting screen touch and hold an icon and drag it to displayed in the ce
52. commercial item and the terminal and marked gt P 223 then perform registration of the devices gt P 246 Calls cannot be made from the terminal connecting to external device such as car navigation or handsfree device e If calls are made several times when the other party does not answer or is out of service the call to this number may be disabled In this case turn terminal offand on Appendix Index 273 O No service e The terminal is out of service area or the received signal is too weak Move to a location where radio signal can be reached e The docomo mini UIM card is not working properly Insert the docomo mini UIM card in another terminal If this works it is probably the terminal that is causing the problem In this case contact Repairs on the last page of this manual in Japanese only Removing and inserting docomo mini UIM card may improve the problem O Mobile network not available Install docomo mini UIM card correctly P 32 then move to a location where radio signal can be reached Normal calls are restricted by access control Appears when normal voice call service is hard to receive because communication lines are busy O Emergency calls are restricted by access control Appears when emergency voice call service is hard to receive because communication lines are busy Calls are restricted by access control Appears when normal emergency voice call service is hard to receive because commun
53. contact a DOCOMO specified repair office If some or one of the rubber gaskets of the inner side of the microUSB jack cover headset jack cover or back cover are damaged or deformed have them replaced at DOCOMO specified repair office Contents Precautions 27 3 Swing the terminal in about 10 times against dry DOCOMO does not guarantee actual operations clean cloth etc to wipe off water remaining in the under all states Malfunctions deemed to be caused microphone earpiece speaker power key volume by inappropriate operation by the customer are not covered by the warranty key camera key contacts for the desktop holder each cover microUSB jack cover headset jack cover back cover etc When the terminal is wet water may flow out after wiping it off drain the water in the following steps Hold the terminal firmly and wipe off moisture on the terminal surface and back side with dry clean cloth etc 4 Wipe off water drained from the terminal with dry clean cloth etc and dry naturally e Wipe off water drained from the terminal with dry clean cloth etc and dry naturally Shake the terminal approximately 20 times firmly Do not wipe off water remaining in gaps directly holding it until there is no more water splattering with a cotton swab etc e Let the terminal with the back cover of the terminal facing up dry naturally for about 3 hours at room temperature Contents Precauti
54. details on dmarket refer to NTT DOCOMO applications introduced in dmenu packet wene communication charge is applied separately Some applications automatically perform packet communications Applications introduced by dmenu may include charged ones Apps 136 With Google Play you can directly access useful applications or fun games which you can download and install on the terminal And you can send feedback and comments about an application or report objectionable application or incompatible application with the terminal as an inappropriate content e To use Google Play you need to set a Google account P232 e Some applications and games are free of charge and the others are paid On the applications list of Google Play distinction between free and paid is clearly specified For details on purchasing returning and refunding of paid applications see Help P 138 1 From the Home screen tap and Play Store e When License agreement screen appears follow the onscreen instructions Play Store Search applications and tap an application you want to install e Check the displayed contents carefully and follow the onscreen instructions e Be careful especially about applications which access many functions or large amount of data Downloading an application means that you are responsible for the consequences of using the application on the terminal Information e Make sure the security of appli
55. differs depending on program content Tap 7 9 Data to display a data broadcasting window only in portrait view e Tap Y gt JL Social to display timeline related to program content e Tap 1772 Info to display program details only in portrait view While watching press to adjust sound volume To set subtitle or audio tap Bl and x Settings gt R7 EF Display audio Some Mobacas programs contents can be output to TV by MHL connection For connecting see Connecting to other devices P256 There are various methods for searching for programs contents in the application Searching from program table Real Time 4 From the Home screen tap and NOTTV 2 Tap R Program guide Apps 145 e Real Time program guide appears To display Shift Time program guide tap YT 94 Ls Shift Time e Tap a current broadcasting program to switch to a watching screen of selected program Searching by conditions 1 2 3 From the Home screen tap and NOTTV Tap Ej and tap R Y VIVE Search by genre Enter a keyword to search or tap a genre you want to search for Reserving receiving a Shift Time program content 1 2 From the Home screen tap and NOTTV Tap EMR Program guide gt 7 K9 L Shift Time e A list of programs contents to be broadcasted appears Tap a program content you want to reserve e A detail screen of program c
56. e Insert external memory such as a microSD card into commercially available reader writer cable and connect the cable to the terminal in advance q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Storage 2 Tap Erase USB storage gt Erase e Enter your screen unlock method as required 3 Tap Erase everything Information e Formatting USB storage external memory such as microSD card deletes all the data in it Increasing the available memory of the terminal If the terminal has a small memory you can perform the following operations to increase available memory e In the browser you can clear all temporary Internet files and browser history information For details see Clearing history P 135 e Uninstall programs that you no longer use For details see Deleting installed application P221 You can check battery consumption and set Power Saver or Location based Wi Fi Power Saver Set Power Saver to reduce battery power consumption Location based P219 Wi Fi Battery usage Display battery consumption remaining battery level etc Using Location based Wi Fi When entering to the registered Wi Fi network area the terminal connects the Wi Fi network automatically to reduce the battery power consumption q Fromthe Settings screen P 202 tap Power management 2 Tap CH of Location based Wi Fi or drag it to the right e When Wi Fi network is not registered tap Location based Wi Fi S
57. enter a folder name then T Done on the software keyboard and then tap on the screen Alternatively touch and hold a folder you want to rename and tap Edit name then enter a folder name and then tap OK e To move a shortcut to a folder on the Home screen touch and hold a shortcut you want to move drag it over a folder Adding a group to the Home screen In Select an action menu P 88 tap Group 2 Select a group name you want to add Information e Alternatively on the Application screen P 94 touch and hold a group name and then tap Add You can add delete sort home screens while the home screen list is displayed e For details on the home screen list see Displaying a list of home screens P87 Adding ahome screen q From the Home screen pinch in e Ahome screen list appears 2 Tapi Information e There are 3 home screens by default The terminal can display up to 12 home screens Deleting ahome screen q From the Home screen pinch in e Ahome screen list appears Tap i of thumbnail you want to delete on the home screen list Information e Alternatively on the home screen list touch and hold a thumbnail of home screen you want to delete and tap Delete docomo Palette Ul 91 Sorting home screens q From the Home screen pinch in e Ahome screen list appears 2 Touch and hold a thumbnail of the home screen you want to change the order 3 Drag it
58. environment and human health Check local regulations by contacting your local city office your household waste disposal service the shop where you purchased the product or calling a Sony Mobile Communications AB Contact Center Do not attempt to remove internal batteries Internal batteries shall be removed only by a waste treatment facility or trained service professional Appendix Index 300 Mi Disposing of the battery Check local regulations or calla Sony XN Mobile Communications AB Contact Center for information Never use municipal waste Memory card If the product comes complete with a removable memory card it is generally compatible with the handset purchased but may not be compatible with other devices or the capabilities of their memory cards Check other devices for compatibility before purchase or use If the product is equipped with a memory card reader check memory card compatibility before purchase or use Memory cards are generally formatted prior to shipping To reformat the memory card use a compatible device Do not use the standard operating system format when formatting the memory card on a PC For details refer to the operating instructions of the device or contact customer support Warning If the device requires an adapter for insertion into the handset or another device do not insert the card directly without the required adapter Mi Precautions on memory card use e Do not expose the mem
59. favorite list frame then tap OK e To delete a widget or small app in the small app list tap and tap Delete widget Uninstall small app Switching home application In the terminal you can switch the Home screen between docomo or Xperia From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Setup guide e lap gt 4 times 2 Onthe Preferred applications screen tap Change now 3 Tap Set all to Home screen e When Set all to is selected you can set home application unlock screen phonebook application and application for playing videos or music as preferred applications all at once 4 Tap docomo Xperia 5 Tap OK Information Alternatively from the Home screen tap and Settings Xperia M Tap Preferred apps settings then tap Set all to Home screen P223 e When the home application is switched widgets or shortcuts on the screen may not be displayed correctly depending on home screen layout etc Before Using the Terminal 60 Searching information in the terminal and web pages Enter a word in the search box to browse the information in the terminal or on the Internet From the Home screen tap then tap Google e The software keyboard appears 2 Enter a search word e Search suggestions appear as you enter a Character For character entry see Character entry P62 e To enter a new search word tap EJ 3 Tapa search item or EN of so
60. fingertip then slip it out to remove 3 Install the battery pack and attach the back cover then make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover File management 239 Tap a file you want to use o e 3 File operations e The file is displayed played Use File Commander application to display Creating new folder or manage various data such as still images videos music etc saved to the terminal or 1 From the Home screen tap O the microSD card then tap File Commander Information 2 Select an item then tap a folder as When you activate for the first time a screen for required register mail address appears Select Register later or Register now 3 Tap El and Folder When you select Register later and register to File 4 Enter a folder name then tap OK Commander later from the Home screen tap then File Commander flick the screen to the right Renaming folder or file and tap Register q From the Home screen tap O Touch hold a fol fil Displaying Playing file E diia older or file you 2 1 From the Home screen tap 3 Tap Rename then enter a folder then tap File Commander name or file name e Flick the screen to the right to 4 Tap OK Pictures Music Remote display Downloads Videos Internal Storage files e When a microSD card is attached SD card appears 2 Select an item then tap a folder as required File management 24
61. for Receive program acquiring information programs contents list information Apps 147 J35 Browser kE History 397 94 LOKE Set whether to fase Shift Time automatically auto complement data complement using packet communication when contents are not completely received due to the reception status of broadcast wave etc AIF O 03 Send Set log sending to log on off Bas 4 BY ABS Set whether to Auto license automatically acquisition acquire licenses of contents AP LYAIbIy k Restrict usage of O J b Parental programs contents control according to age Set Cookie to on off Cookie HI Delete saved Clear Cookie Cookie GFR AHHH Delete received Delete saved broadcast data in broadcast data the saving area F F MART Enable disable Display data display of data broadcasting broadcasting BUA Reloading Reload data MFI KS Convert character Character code codes conversion Display history YU X D FF Reserve in a series by keyword Y Y Ib Social EZE Model change XA RL ZER Select storage AT Y A IN Status bar Select saving location for Shift Time recorded data When the saving location is changed data will be moved Set whether to display program name ofthe program on the air on the status bar Enable disable prevention function of duplicated recording Set whether to link to Twitter Make necess
62. for charging do the following procedures 4 Inserta microUSB plug of the AC adapter into the charging jack on the back side of the desktop holder with the USB symbol B side facing up 0 2 Unfold the power plug of the AC adapter and insert it into an outlet Insert the terminal into the desktop holder e Notification LED lights on the terminal For the notification LED for charging see Notification LED P45 GO Before Using the Terminal 35 4 When charging is complete holding the desktop holder lift the terminal up to remove 5 Remove the power plug of the AC adapter from the power outlet 6 Remove the microUSB plug of the AC adapter from the desktop holder Note e You cannot charge the battery by connecting the desktop holder to a PC e Check the connecting direction to connect correctly Wrong connection may cause damage Desktop holder microUSB plug When using AC Adapter 04 optional for charging do the following procedures e For opening closing microUSB jack cover see To ensure waterproofness dustproofness P25 Hook the groove on the microUSB jack cover of the terminal with your fingertip to open the cover and insert the microUSB plug of the AC adapter into the microUSB jack of the terminal straight with the symbol side B facing up Unfold the power plug of the AC adapter and insert it into an outlet e Notification LED lights on the terminal For notificat
63. from being removed follow the instructions on the outlet s user s manual Do not subject the equipment to a strong impact Do not deform the charging jack Doing so may cause malfunction Contents Precautions 19 E docomo mini UIM card Do not use unnecessary force to insert remove the docomo mini UIM card Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for malfunctions occurring as the result of inserting and using docomo mini UIM card with another IC card reader writer Always keep the IC portion clean when you use the card Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth such as used for cleaning eyeglasses Note down the information saved in the docomo mini UIM card in a separate note and keep it safely Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable for any damaged or lost data saved in the terminal Take an expended docomo mini UIM card to sales outlet such as docomo Shop for proper disposal in order to protect the environment Do not carelessly damage contact or short circuit an IC Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction Do not drop a docomo mini UIM card or subject it to impact Doing so may cause malfunction Do not bend a docomo mini UIM card or place a heavy object on it Doing so may cause malfunction Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card on which any label or seal is stuck into the terminal Doing so may cause malfunction Mi Bluetooth function precautions e To secure the Bluetooth co
64. it may cause low temperature burn equipment i Follow the instructions of each medical facility 2 Handling the terminal for the use of mobile phones on their premises Prohibited acts such as mobile phone usage N WARNING on board an airplane may be punished by law If usage of mobile phones in an aircraft is Do not direct the infrared data port toward admitted by setting airplane mode etc use y your eye and transmit signals the terminal under the direction of the airline Dont Doing so may cause harmful effect your eyes If the microUSB cable is connected into the microUSB jack for charging etc with the Do not direct the infrared data port toward terminal powered off the terminal is home electric appliances etc equipped with automatically powered on although the Dont infrared device when using infrared operations are not available Be careful not to communication connect the microUSB cable in a place where Doing so may cause an accident because of the use is prohibited such as in an airplane or erroneous operation of infrared device hospital S Do not turn on the light with the lighting Q Always keep the terminal away from your luminescence part close to the eyes ear when you talk setting the hands free Dont Especially to shoot infants or young Do function children step away from them 1 m or more Also when you play game play back music Doing so may cause blurred vision Or injury etc connecting the Earphone Micr
65. it to a docomo Shop to replace e When docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the terminal making calls packet communication etc are not available e For details on docomo mini UIM card refer to the docomo mini UIM card manual e When inserting removing the docomo mini UIM card make sure to power off the terminal P39 Do not attach an AC adapter e For removing attaching the back cover see To ensure waterproofness dustproofness P25 P26 E Security codes of the docomo mini UIM card There is a security code called PIN code in the docomo mini UIM card The code is set to 0000 at subscription which you can change by yourself P 227 Information e Please be careful not to touch or scratch a metal part IC when you handle the docomo mini UIM card Doing so may cause malfunction or damage Before Using the Terminal 31 3 Hook the groove on the bottom of the terminal with your fingertip and lift up the back cover to remove Remove the battery pack and hook the projection part of the tray 0 with your fingertip to pull out straight insert docomo mini UIM card into the tray with the metal IC part facing down then press the tray straight to the end e Make sure the orientation of the corner Install the battery pack and attach the back cover then make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover Hook the groove on the bottom of the terminal with your fingertip and lif
66. lost modified or damaged by any means related to Osaifu Keitai compatible service such as malfunction or model change DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the loss of data e If the terminal is stolen or misplaced immediately contact Osaifu Keitai compatible service provider for an advice 1 Data saved in the IC card built in the Osaifu Keitai compatible terminal including electronic money or point values 2 Data saved in the docomo mini UIM card including electronic money or point values and excluding phonebook data and SMS data Apps 139 From the Home screen tap then tap Osaifu Keitail 7 Selecta service you want to use from a service list e Download an application compatible with service site or service e You can exchange data with an IC card reader only by holding 4 mark over the card reader Information If you do not make the initial setting for Osaifu Keitai in the initial setting for DOCOMO services P40 the initial setting screen appears in Step 2 Follow the onscreen instructions You can scan and write data to or from an IC card reader without activating Osaifu Keitai compatible application The function is available even if the terminal is off but it is not available when the battery is not attached Even if the battery is attached it may not be available if the terminal is off for a long while or battery is low You can use Osaifu Keitai compatible service even when the PIN cod
67. of Xi FOMA service area The services may not be available on high upper floors of high rise apartments or buildings even ifyou can see no obstructions around you On occasion your calls may become disconnected even in areas with strong radio wave condition even if you are not moving or even if there are 4 antenna marks in the terminal s display Because your terminal uses radio waves to communicate it is possible that a third party may attempt to tap your calls However the LTE W CDMA GSM GPRS system automatically scrambles all calls through a private call feature Therefore even if third party successfully intercepts your call they will only hear noise The terminal operates on radio frequencies by converting voice into digital signals If the caller moves into an area of adverse radio wave condition the digital signal may not be restored accurately and the voice received in the call may differ slightly from the actual voice Note down the information saved in the terminal in a separate note and keep it safely Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for any loss of saved contents of data resulting from malfunction repair changing of the model or other handling of the terminal You are recommended to save important data to microSD card As with PCs some user installed applications may disrupt the stability of the terminal performance or unexpectedly transmit information via the Internet causing improper use of y
68. operation time provided by the battery is short e Is the terminal left for a long time under the state of out of service area Out of service area a lot of power is consumed to search available radio waves e The operating time of the battery varies depending on the operating environment and the degradation level of the battery pack gt P 34 e The battery pack is a consumable accessory Each time it is charged time available with each charging reduces If the operation time is too short with fully charged state purchase a specified battery pack Appendix Index 268 Power discontinuity rebooting occurs e f terminals of battery pack is soiled connection gets worse and it may cause power to be turned off When it is soiled clean the terminals of the battery pack with a dry cotton swab etc Operations are not possible when tapping or pressing keys e Check if the power is turned off P 38 e Check if you activate the screen lock gt P227 e When you cannot cancel the screen lock by flicking up or down swipe on the unlock screen Explore by touch of TalkBack may be set to On If Explore by touch of TalkBack is enabled flick swipe the screen up or down with 2 fingers gt Pear The screen reacts slowly when you tap or press keys e When large amount of data is saved in the terminal or transferring large size data between the terminal and microSD card the reactions on the screen may be delayed The docomo min
69. or delete it Checking history q On the Browser screen tap Bl and tap Bookmarks gt History tab 2 Tap the time you browsed the web page such as Today or Yesterday e To check your most visited web pages tap Most visited e Tap a history to open a web page Information On the Browser screen touch and hold to check the history Clearing history q On the Browser screen tap Bl and tap Bookmarks gt History tab 2 Tapa time when you viewed touch and hold a history you want to delete then tap Remove from history Information To delete history tap Bl on the browser screen and Settings Privacy amp security Clear history OK To delete temporary Internet files such as cache on the Browser screen tap Bl and tap Settings Privacy amp security and set each item Mail Web browser 135 In dmenu you can easily access sites You can obtain useful and interesting recommended by DOCOMO or convenient contents which meet your needs at dmarket applications Opening mene 7 Fromthe Home screen tap From the Home screen tap then tap dmarket then tap dmenu e When you activate for the first time d e dmenu appears YTYbYIROL Stes License Agreement appears Mark Information Agree and tap Start use e To use dmenu Internet connection by packet communication LTE 3G GPRS or Wi Fi is required information For connecting dmenu and downloading e For
70. preview of email message To switch to the landscape view turn Auto rotate screen on beforehand P 43 4 From the Home screen tap then tap Email 2 Tap and Settings gt General gt Preview pane 3 Tap Landscape Information e If you have two or more accounts change made in any of the accounts applies to all accounts From the Home screen tap O then tap Email 2 Tap email with attached files and tap O e The attached file list is displayed When attached file is not loaded tap Load 3 Tap Save of file you want to save e Tap View or Play to view or play the attached file Information e The attached file is saved on the internal storage From the Home screen tap O then tap Email 2 Tap email to reply or forward and tap 3 Tap any of Reply Reply all Forward e When you tap Forward enter an email address to forward 4 Enter a message 5 Tap SEND Information e When you reply or forward an email the original message contents for replying or forwarding is quoted To delete the quoted message text unmark Include original text e When you forward an email the attachment file of the original message is quoted To cancel quoting attached file tap X 4 From the Home screen tap then tap Email 2 Tap an email to delete 3 Tap i and Delete Mail Web browser 124 information DATA USAGE Inboxcheck Set whether to e To
71. select word in conversion candidates Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter In Hiragana Kanji input mode activate online dictionary to display in Touch and hold conversion candidates Appears in landscape mode and you can enter one byte two byte symbols from the displayed list Switch the tab to enter facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail 1 When any characters are entered just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor 2 In some screens such as the mail account registration screen or search screen RA Next ZT Done 547 Go BEN etc appear 3 To set online dictionary in Hiragana Kanji input mode touch and hold BS tap OK then mark Online dictionary or mark Online dictionary in the Japanese keyboard setting screen P83 Trace characters on the Kana handwriting area to enter Hiragana Alphabet Number a part of symbols by handwriting Icon Function The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alphabet Display a pop up menu Touch and Display the setting screen for hold Japanese keyboard E Display the extensions list Two byte B One byte Switch character mode Change size and location of software keyboard except for landscape screen and Kanji handwriting input g
72. shows applications recommended by DOCOMO From the Application screen tap Recommends tab 9 Tapl BITO7TVEHS See recommended applications 3 Select an application to use e Download screen appears Follow the onscreen instructions Information Ifyou tap HI FOr FUZINTHS See all recommended apps in Step 3 Browser activates and applications recommended by DOCOMO are displayed in a list docomo Palette Ul 97 e Downloaded applications are displayed in Download Application group in the Application screen 4 From the Application screen tap H and then tap Application info e The home application information appears docomo Palette Ul 98 Making Receiving a call N 3 From the Home screen tap then tap Dial tab Enter the number of the recipient and tap e Ifa wrong number is entered tap fea to delete the number When the call is finished tap End call Information e In Step 2 tap N without entering a phone number to enter the phone number registered as the latest call in Recent calls e To activate Xperia phone application from the Home screen tap then tap Dial Entering pause to send For using services requiring entry of number during a call such as check of the balance of a bank account reservation of tickets etc enter an additional number to a phone number beforehand and make a call E Using 2 second pause 1
73. tap Settings About phone Legal information Certificates If you remove the screws and alter the inside of the terminal the technical regulations conformity certification becomes invalid Do not use the terminal with the certification invalid as it is a violation of the Radio Law and Telecommunications Business Act Contents Precautions 23 Waterproofness Dustproofness SO 04E provides waterproofness property of IPX5 IPX8 2 and dustproofness property of IP5X 3 with microUSB jack cover headset jack cover and back cover firmly attached 1 IPX5 means that a phone keeps functioning after applying a jet flow of 12 5 L min from every direction from a distance of approximately 3 m for at least 3 minutes using water nozzle in 6 3 mm inner diameter 2 IPX8 means that a phone keeps functioning after SO 04E is slowly submerged to depth of 1 5m in static tap water at room temperature left there for approximately 30 minutes and then taken out 3 IP5X means a degree of protection that a communication device will securely maintain its operability even after it has been placed in an apparatus with grit and dust of diameters of 75 um or less and shaken for 8 hours e You can talk or watch 1Seg program without an umbrella in the rain for rainfall of 20 mm or less per hour Do not open or close microUSB jack cover headset jack cover or back cover when your hands are wet or waterdrops are attached to the terminal
74. terminal e Note that if the inscription sticker is removed or is replaced with a different Sticker it may disqualify the terminal from repairs O Note that the settings and other information may be reset cleared as a result of malfunction repair or other handling In this case make the settings again O After the repair Wi Fi MAC address or Bluetooth address may be changed regardless of the repaired parts O A material that generates a magnetic field is used in the following parts of the terminal Do not hold an object that is easily affected by magnetism such as a cash card close to the terminal You may not be able to use the card any more Where it is used Speaker earpiece O The terminal is waterproof If inside of the terminal gets wet or moist however turn the power off remove the battery pack then bring the terminal to a repair office as soon as possible However repair may not be possible depending on the condition of the terminal Precautions on memory dial Phonebook function and downloaded data Note that data you created or data you retrieved or downloaded from sources other than your terminal may be changed or lost when you change the model or have repairs done to the terminal DOCOMO shall have no liability for any change or loss of any kind Under some circumstances DOCOMO may replace your terminal with its equivalent instead of repairing it Appendix Index 278 Software update It
75. the stock period has expired Contact Repairs on the last page in Japanese only Mi Note that repair may be refused in the following cases e When the terminal has corrosion due to wet by liquid condensation perspiration etc or the internal circuit board is damaged or deformed we may not be able to repair when the microUSB jack headset jack liquid crystal etc is damaged or the frame itself is cracked based on the result of our examination Even if repair is possible it will be done at the owner s expense as this type of corrosion or damage is not covered by the warranty Precautions O Never modify the terminal or accessories e Doing so may result in fire injuries or malfunctions The modified terminal may be repaired only if the owner agrees on that all the modified parts are restored to the original Ml f the warranty period expires conditions We will repair the terminal at the owner s However repairs may be refused EXPENSE depending on the modifications The following cases may be considered as modifications Put a seal etc on the liquid crystal or key part Glued decorations on the terminal using adhesion bond etc Change the parts such as exterior to other than DOCOMO standard parts Appendix Index 277 e Malfunction and damage due to modifications will be repaired at the owner s expense even ifthe warranty period is still effective O Do not remove the inscription sticker on the
76. to select senders recipients and delete their messages SMS or to delete all senders recipients messages SMS You can create an email account provided by mopera U mail a POP3 or IMAP compatible email account provided by general ISP provider or an Exchange ActiveSync account to send or receive email You can set multiple Email accounts Set an Email account following the onscreen instructions For mopera U mail setting procedure see Using mopera U Mail P 127 4 From the Home screen tap then tap Email Enter your email address and 2 y password 3 Tap Next e To set up an email account manually tap Manual setup and follow the onscreen instructions Mail Web browser 121 4 Set Inbox check frequency mark required items and tap Next Sfeatingandsendingiemail 7 e Ifa screen for selecting type of account q From the Home screen tap appears tap an email account type and then tap Email follow the onscreen instructions to set 2 Tap Compose 5 Enter account name and name displayed on emails you send and tap Next e Inbox for set email account appears e If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account a name displayed for email cannot be set Set up from Your name P125 on email account settings after email initial settings is complete Q Enter the email address of recipient e Tap a to display the contacts list screen to select from registered contacts When
77. top of the screen a list of contacts appears accordingly 5 Mark items you want to quote and tap OK e If you want to select deselect all items tap Mark all Unmark all Information e Alternatively on a character entry screen touch and hold to display the available extensions list except for Kana handwriting input e History tab displays contacts that are picked up when entering characters Before Using the Terminal 81 Adding an extension You can install extensions to use when entering characters 1 2 On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Manage extensions On the How to start extensions screen tap OK e Extensions settings screen appears Tap Download new extensions e Extensions list screen appears Select an application you want to add e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Information e Marked extensions in the extensions settings screen can be activated in the character entry screen The preinstalled extension Contact Picker 2 3 is marked by default To display the word as the preferred candidate when entering characters set the user dictionary beforehand Registering words in user dictionaries There are 2 types of user dictionaries My words Japanese and My words English q On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Dictionaries Tap My words Japanese My words English Tap and Add Tap the cha
78. unauthorized use of it If you forget your security codes you must bring your official identification such as drivers license the terminal and docomo mini UIM card with you to the nearest docomo Shop For details contact the General Inquiries on the last page The PUK code is written on the subscription form copy for customer handed at the subscription in the docomo Shop If you subscribed other than docomo Shop you must bring your official identification such as drivers license the docomo mini UIM card with you to the nearest docomo Shop or contact the General Inquiries on the last page Settings 225 Network security code The network security code is a 4 digit number necessary for identification or using the docomo Network Services at reception of your request in docomo Shop or at docomo Information Center or SRT AR A Customer support It can be set any number at the subscription and also changed later yourself You can change your network security code to new one using a PC if you have docomo ID Password for My docomo the General support site for PC Alternatively from the Home screen tap dmenu and At H h Customer support FEDRA HF Various applications procedures to change the security code yourself For information on My docomo and Ek Hi E Customer support see the previous page of the last page PIN code You can set security code which named PIN code to docomo m
79. vibration receiving a message SMS Notification Set whether to notify message light SMS reception by notification LED Delivery report Set whether to mark a message SMS you sent each time a recipient receives the message SMS Message template settings SIM messages Register phrase that can be inserted when writing a text Manage messages SMS saved to docomo mini UIM card Push settings Set a message SMS sent from the provider SMS center Check SMS center number number While the silent mode mute is set the terminal does not vibrate when receiving a message SMS From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging 2 Tapasender recipient whose messages SMS you want to delete 3 Touch and hold a message SMS you want to delete Mail Web browser 120 4 Tap Delete message gt Delete Information e To delete several messages SMS in Step 3 tap tap Delete messages and mark messages SMS you want to delete then tap jm and tap Delete e To delete all messages SMS in Step 3 tap and Delete messages X selected Mark all then tap and Delete From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging 2 Touch and hold a sender recipient you want to delete e The sender recipient to be deleted is marked To mark all senders recipients tap X selected Mark all 3 Tap and Delete Information e In Step 2 tap i and tap Delete conversations
80. when using Quick launch P 176 Launch and capture Activate the camera to shoot a picture immediately sai Launch only still camera Activate the camera to display shooting screen Launch and record movie Activate the camera to record a video immediately Launch only movie camera Activate the camera to display recording video screen Off Do not use Quick launch Focus mode Set focus controls Single autofocus The camera automatically focuses on the center of the shooting screen Face detection Detect a face to focus P 176 Object tracking The camera chases an object and focuses on it E Exposure value Adjust brightness with Exposure value Exposure value Drag the bar to adjust the exposure value HDR video Set the high dynamic range function The setting is available only when Video resolution is set to Full HD HD On Shoot with the high dynamic range imaging function Off Cancel the high dynamic range function Mi White balance Adjust the color balance to the light source Auto Adjust the color balance automatically to the light source Incandescent Adjust the color balance for lighting like incandescent bulb bd Fluorescent Adjust the color balance for lighting like fluorescent Ba Daylight Adjust the color balance for a sunny place EXA Cloudy Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or shaded area Apps 173 Mi Metering Measure the brightness on the sh
81. zoom in out image The items vary depending on the selected file 4 Tapa video on the Album screen e Video playback screen appears 2 Tap e Video is played Sharing image files You can share image files by attaching to Gmail or Email uploading to Picasa or Google or sending to other devices via Bluetooth or infrared communication Image files can be copied to a microSD card q Onthe picture viewing screen video playing screen tap the screen and tap amp e Menu for sharing image file appears e Tap See all to display all share menus 2 Select sharing method for image file e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Information e Different options may be shown or some items cannot be operated in some image files To operate several files on the album screen tap PB and Select items to select image files When you select Infrared in Step 2 the Send via infrared message appears Tap OK to start sending For details on infrared communication see Using infrared communication P 242 For shared files file sizes and file types are not particularly limited but may be limited by the application to transfer DRM content cannot be shared Apps 182 Deleting image files On the picture viewing screen video playing screen tap m and tap Delete e Image file is deleted Information To delete several files on the album screen tap PB and Select items then selec
82. 0 Deleting folder or file 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen tap then tap File Commander Select an item then tap a folder as required Mark a folder or file you want to delete Tap fal and OK e Alternatively touch and hold a folder or file then tap Delete gt OK Moving Copying folder or file From the Home screen tap then tap File Commander Select an item then tap a folder as required Mark a folder or file to move copy then tap 8 B Tap E and Paste anywhere 2 From the Home screen tap then tap File Commander Tap Y and enter a folder name or file name e Search suggestions appear as you enter a character File management 241 Within 20cm gt Using infrared communication You can send receive data to from a device with infrared communication function such as a mobile phone e The communication range for infrared communication is 20 cm or less Keep the devices pointing at the infrared data port each other and do not move them until data Infrared data port exchange completes If the infrared data port is soiled clean the data port with a dry soft cloth to prevent from Information scratching Performing infrared e Do not cover the infrared data port with the fingers communication with the data port soiled or etc while performing infrared communication ed mete Infrared communication for the ter
83. 2 4 From the Home screen tap then tap Dial tab Enter the phone number then tap and tap Add 2 sec pause e Pause is entered Enter an additional number then tap Sl e Added number will automatically be sent approximately 2 seconds after the call is made When the call is finished tap End call E Using a wait 1 2 From the Home screen tap Si then tap Dial tab Enter a phone number tap tap Add wait e Pause is entered and Enter an additional number then tap N e When a call is received a confirmation screen asking ifyou send the added number appears Select Yes or No When the call is finished tap End call Phone 99 Emergency call When the terminal is within range of the service area you can make an emergency call of 110 Police 119 Fire and ambulance or 118 Japan Coast Guard 1 2 3 From the Home screen tap then tap Dial tab Enter the number of the emergency call and tap e Ifa wrong number is entered tap Ea to delete the number When the call is finished tap End call Note If docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the terminal emergency calls 110 119 118 cannot be made in Japan You can make an emergency call by tapping Emergency call on the unlock screen In Japan however on the PIN code entry screen while PIN code locked or while PUK locked emergency calls 110 119 118 cannot be made
84. 279 1647 1
85. 3 Speaker microUSB jack Use for charging or connecting MHL Contacts for Desktop holder Power key Screen lock key Volume key Zoom key Camera key Headset jack Mobacas 1Seg antenna Microphone Strap hole 1 The antenna is built into the main body Covering around the antenna with your hand may affect the quality of communications 2 Second microphone audio stop is common lt reduces noise to make easy to listen Before Using the Terminal 30 3 Do not remove the black seal around Flash Photo light Second microphone inside the terminal If the seal is removed acoustic feature cannot be maintained 4 Do not remove the silver seal on the reverse side of the back cover If the seal is removed reading writing IC card may not be available Also do not remove the net sheet on reverse side of the back cover 5 To attach a strap remove the back cover pass the strap through the strap hole to put on the back of the hook then attach the back cover and make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover To maintain waterproofness dustproofness confirm that the strap is not caught in the back cover Note e Do not put stickers etc on the sensors docomo mini UIM card The docomo mini UIM card is an IC card recorded user information such as your phone number etc e You can use the terminal with docomo mini UIM card If you have a UIM or FOMA card bring
86. 39 On the phonebook list screen you have set up If you do not set a Gmail account a P 108 tap thentap setting wizard appears After an account is set you Others gt Import Export can create and send mails e You cannot send some information such as name 2 Tap Export to SD card card data set in the phonebook 3 Tap any of Export one contact data Export some contact data Export all contact data then tap OK e When you tap Export one contact data Export some contact data mark a contact to export and tap OK 4 Select No Yes for attaching name card Phone 116 5 Tap OK Importing phonebook from microSD card e Insert a microSD card in advance P239 q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Others gt Import Export 2 Tap Import from SD card e When you set a Google account etc you can select that account as an import account e If there is only one vCard file the file is imported immediately 3 Tapany of Import one phonebook data Import multiple phonebook data Import all phonebook data then tap OK e Ifyou tap Import one phonebook datal Import multiple phonebook data mark vCard files to import then tap OK e Ifa vCard file has multiple phonebook entries they are imported all at once Information e For some phonebook entries a part of data may not be imported or exported Importing phonebook entries from docomo mini UIM c
87. A service is received Therefore regardless of whether you are in or out of Xi service or FOMA service area it cannot be received where airwaves do not reach or during broadcasting interruptions Also even in a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area reception condition may be poor or reception may be unavailable in the following places A place far from the tower that the airwaves are sent from e Mountain ringed regions or a place between buildings where airwaves are interrupted by geography or buildings e Tunnel underground or far back from a building where airwaves are weak or do not reach Fully extending the Mobacas 1Seg antenna and moving to other location may improve signal reception P 144 Apps 149 When you use 1Seg for the first time select an area to make channel setting After channel setting is done 1Seg programs can be received q From the Home screen tap and tap 1Seg 2 Tap Area Select to select region prefecture and locality e The terminal searches for available channels When the searching is complete a channel list appears 3 Tap a channel you want to watch e 1Seg watching screen appears Information e Alternatively tap Auto in Step 2 to set channels From the Home screen tap and tap 1Seg e 1Seg watching screen appears Tap an image or subtitle to temporarily view information such as program name Mi 1Seg watching screen 1Seg watching s
88. Apps 197 E Sorting AA tee Rearrange and crag ll up and down Display the date and time in cities around the beside added cities then tap Done world E Deleting 1 On the alarm screen tap World Tap Delete and mark cities you want to clock tab delete then tap Delete Yes e World clock screen appears e The number of the marked cities i appears on the right of Delete 2 Tap Add city e Alternatively on the world clock screen 3 Select a city touch and hold a city you want to Inf delete then tap Delete city Yes to Information dera e Tap a then flick the city list left or right to check date and time corresponding to the cities e Time display in cities during day light saving time Using Stopwatch may differ from time difference to standard time C 1 GMT displayed on the screen when addinga cityin 4 On the alarm screen tap Step 2 Stopwatch tab hanging World clock 2 Tap Start You can switch sort or delete Celsius Fahrenheit displayed on World clock e Timer starts and appears in the status bar Tap Lap to measure elapsed time On the world clock screen tap HB 3 Tap Stop E Setting home city e Tap Start to resume measuring Tap Set home city and select a city Tap Reset to delete measured time e The city is set to home city and EN is and lap time displayed on the right of the city E Switching Celsius Fahrenheit Tap Celsius Fahrenheit
89. Call settings When you have missed calls J appears in You can set the network services register call rejection or edit Reject call with message From the Home screen tap thentap Tap Call settings e You can set the following options Network Koe no Koe no Takuhaibin is a service Takuhaibin service of taking voice messages for you Voice mail __ It is a service of taking caller s message when you cannot answer an incoming call It is a service of transferring call when you cannot answer an incoming call Call Waiting Itis a service of putting the current call on hold and answering an incoming call or making a call to another party Caller ID Notify the display of the notification recipient phone of your phone number Nuisance call Register phone numbers blocking of nuisance call to reject service Phone 106 Network Caller ID display Request number notification for calls request without phone number service with guidance Second call Set action for a second settings call Call Notify incoming calls by notification message SMS while the power is off or you are out of service area English Switch the voice guidance guidance to English or Japanese Remote Set to operate Voice Mail operation Service or Call forwarding settings Service using land line phone public phone or DOCOMO mobile phone etc Roaming Set to reject incoming calls overseas or settings use roami
90. F energy set by governmental authorities These limits establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by international scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies Appendix Index 293 The standards include a safety margin designed to assure the safety of all individuals regardless of age and health The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate SAR Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phone models they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves For more information on SAR please refer to the important information chapter in the User Guide The highest SAR value as reported to the authorities for this phone model when tested for use by the ear is 1 05 W kg and when worn on the body is 1 42 W kg For body worn operation this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines Please use an accessory designated for this product or an accessory which contains no metal and which positions the handset a minimum of 1 5 cm from the body For devices which include WiFi hotspot functionality SAR measurements for the device operati
91. Hide keys e When the Choose key type P 70 is set to Standard Hide keys cannot be selected Hide keys Unmark the checkbox next to the letter s you do not want to show on the keyboar d A Unmark the checkbox of the key 5 you want to hide 5 Tap OK Customizing keyboard You can change symbols which are displayed in QWERTY keyboard when entering number to desired characters symbols On a character entry screen touch and hold EA Tap E Tap On screen keyboard settings gt Keyboard customization GAS Aaa Tap a symbol you want to change and delete character previously set then enter a character to display and tap OK e Only one character two byte or one byte character can be set Tap OK Information e To return to the default status on the keyboard customization screen tap PB then tap Reset gt OK Before Using the Terminal 71 You can use the software keys arranged according to the Japanese syllabary m m Function The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alphabet Display a pop up menu Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard E Display the extensions list Two byte E One byte Switch character mode Change size and location of software keyboard except for landscape screen and Kanji handwriting input E Hide the software keyboard 000 GS Bi software keyboard switch Appears in Hiraga
92. Home screen tap then tap R1IE VY IP YT docomo backup 2 Tap microSD A KMR save to microSD card e When you use for the first time agree to License agreement 3 Tap Backup A Mark the data to back up e Tap Select all to mark all data Tap Deselect to unmark all marked data 5 Tap Start backup gt Backup 6 Enter docomo apps password and tap OK e Data is backed up in a microSD card 1 From the Home screen tap then tap R1IENYIP YT docomo backup Tap microSD A KAR save to microSD card e When you use for the first time agree to License agreement Tap Restore Tap Select on data type to restore mark data to restore and tap Select e Tap Select latest data to select the latest data for each data type Tap Add Overwrite to select restore method and tap Start restore gt Restore Enter docomo apps password and tap OK e Backed up data is restored Apps 200 You can copy contacts data registered in Google account and in the terminal to docomo account q From the Home screen tap then tap RIE YIP YT docomo backup 2 Tap microSD A KMR save to microSD card e When you use for the first time agree to License agreement 3 Tap Phonebook account copy tap Select on Google account contacts you want to copy 4 Tap Overwrite Add e When a message appears follow the onscreen instructions e Phonebo
93. Home screen touch and hold an icon then drag it over another icon e Create new folder screen appears 2 Enter a folder name then tap Done Information e To move an icon to a folder on the Home screen touch and hold an icon you want to move drag it over a folder e To change a folder name tap a folder tap the folder name and enter a folder name then tap Done To delete a folder on the Home screen touch and hold an icon to delete and drag it to displayed at the bottom of the screen then tap Delete Applications shortcuts etc in the folder are also deleted Changing wallpaper You can change wallpaper of the Home screen 4 Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed e Alternatively pinch in on the Home screen 2 Tap WALLPAPERS Tap any of Album Live Wallpapers an image e When you tap Album select an image and set range of the image by dragging to adjust the cropping frame and then tap Crop to set wallpaper e When you tap Live Wallpapers select a content and tap Set wallpaper GO Before Using the Terminal 51 Information To return to the Home screen tap C amp J or ES or tap any home screen Changing theme You can change image theme for the Home screen unlock screen etc 4 Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed e Alternatively pinch in on the Home screen 2 Tap THEMES 3
94. J Remote support center for smartphone ee 0120 783 360 Business hours 9 00 a m to 8 00 p m open all year round e To make a call to the Remote support center for smartphone from the terminal from the Home screen tap and batt at h Remote support gt COAN hI4 YD SFT Make a call from this smartphone then tap D Appendix Index 275 Warranty and After Sales Services e Make sure that the warranty is received with the terminal upon purchase Check to be sure that BRIE BEAUTE the name of the retailer date of purchase and other items have been filled out on the warranty before storing it in a safe place If any necessary information is not provided immediately contact the retailer and request to complete the warranty The terminal comes with a year s free warranty starting from the date of purchase Specifications of this product and its accessories are subject to change for improvement without prior notice Data saved in the Contacts etc may be changed lost due to the trouble repairs or handling of the terminal DOCOMO recommends making a copy of the Phonebook data etc in case You can save Phonebook data in a microSD card inserted to the terminal Data such as phonebook entries can be backed up to Data center using Data Security Service subscription is required If you have problems with the terminal Before asking repair see Troubleshooting P 267 in this manual
95. LA shoots a picture e To shoot still pictures using auto focus function press Ax halfway and when the focus frame turns blue and sound beeps press 1 all the way until it stops If the focus frame does not appear auto focus does not operate correctly Information e When you connect a commercially available earphone set or other Bluetooth device shutter sound may be softer EAS 1 Press and hold LA for over a second e The shooting screen P 160 appears On the shooting screen tap RA then tap item to set e Several setting icons are displayed on the shooting screen in advance The displayed setting icons change depending on the setting conditions Apps 162 e When capturing mode P161 is set to Burst Picture effect or Sweep Panorama tap the setting item icon displayed on the shooting screen to change the setting e For setting items and icons see Still camera setting P 163 3 Tapan option in the selected setting e If you change setting options icons displayed on the shooting screen change to the set items information To replace setting item icons displayed on the shooting screen tap Pg on the shooting screen and touch and hold a setting item and drag it to a dotted frame To delete a setting item icon displayed on the shooting screen touch and hold an icon and drag it to displayed in the center of the screen When capturing mode P161 is set to Burst Picture e
96. Mobile Communications AB service partners should remove or replace built in batteries Use of batteries that are not Sony Mobile Communications AB branded may pose increased safety risks Replace the battery only with another Sony Mobile Communications AB battery that has been qualified with the product as per the standard IEEE 1725 Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard Appendix Index 297 Mi Personal medical devices Mobile phones may affect implanted medical equipment Reduce risk of interference by keeping a minimum distance of 15 cm 6 inches between the phone and the device Use the phone at your right ear Do not carry the phone in your breast pocket Turn off the phone if you suspect interference For all medical devices consult a physician and the manufacturer Driving Some vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of phones in their vehicles unless a handsfree kit with an external antenna supports the installation Check with the vehicle manufacturer s representative to be sure that the mobile phone or Bluetooth handsfree will not affect the electronic systems in the vehicle Full attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed Mi GPS Location based functions Some products provide GPS Location based functions Location determining functionality is provided As is
97. N xLOUD FeliCa Reader and Clear Phase are trademarks or registered trademarks or registered trademarks of MHL LLC Appendix Index 307 MHL HDMI logo and High HOM Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC Microsoft Windows Windows Vista Windows Media PlayReady and ActiveSync are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries This product contains technology subject to certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Use or distribution of this technology outside of this product is prohibited without the appropriate license s from Microsoft e Content owners use Microsoft PlayReady content access technology to protect their intellectual property including copyrighted content This device uses PlayReady technology to access PlayReady protected content and or WMDRM protected content If the device fails to properly enforce restrictions on content usage content owners may require Microsoft to revoke the device s ability to consume PlayReady protected content Revocation should not affect unprotected content or content protected by other content access technologies Content Owners may require you to upgrade PlayReady to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Appendix Index 308 e This product is licensed under the
98. O a 6 Mobile 186080XXXXXXXX 08 31 Sat 10 25 aburo Mobile o XXXX 08 31 Sat 09 18 Saburo Mobile 2020080XXX 3 080 XXXX XXXX JE 08 31 Sat 09 03 D Taro DOCOMO K 8 OBOXXXXXXXX O Mobile 18 30 Fri 22 14 ETI Hanako Mobile Phonebook Incoming tab Phone number name History icons EX Missed call Incoming call Outgoing call All tab Outgoing tab Call status icons Koe no Takuhaibin Phone 104 e For details on Koe no Takuhaibin refer to Koe no Takuhaibin P106 or NTT DOCOMO website 2 Caller ID notified 3 Caller ID hidden e It appears when prefix 186 Notify 184 Not notify is entered to a phone number to make a call or when you enter a phone number and tap then tap Caller ID notification Tap Notify Not notify to make a call Incoming outgoing international call Date Outgoing Phonebook Information e On the Recent calls screen tap and tap Call settings to set edit Network service or Reject call with message P 106 Making a call from Recent calls On the Recent calls screen P 104 tap Adding a number from the Recent calls to Phonebook q On the Recent calls screen P 104 tap a phone number and tap Add Phonebook e Alternatively touch and hold a phone number on the Recent calls screen tap Edit number before call Add Phonebook 2 Tap Register new or select a phonebook to add e When you set a Google ac
99. RA risk or product malfunction If in doubt as to its proper function have the product checked by a certified service partner before charging or using it Mi Recommendations for care and safe use of our products e Handle with care and keep in a clean and dust free place e Warning May explode if disposed of in fire e Do not expose to liquid or moisture or excess humidity e For optimum performance the 66 product should not be operated in temperatures below 5 C 41 F or above 35 C 95 F Do not expose the battery to temperatures above 60 C 140 F e Do not expose to flames or lit tobacco products e Do not drop throw or try to bend the product gt 60 C 140 F e Do not paint or attempt to VG disassemble or modify the a product Only Sony Mobile Communications AB authorised personnel should perform service Consult with authorised medical staff and the instructions of the medical device manufacturer before using the product near pacemakers or other medical devices or equipments Discontinue use of electronic devices or disable the radio transmitting functionality of the device when required or requested to do so Do not use where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists Do not place the product or install wireless equipment in the area above an air bag in a car Caution Cracked or broken displays may create sharp edges or splinters that could be harmful upon contact e Do not use the Bluetoot
100. Reset to default sp mode is ISP for NTT DOCOMO smartphone In addition to accessing Internet you can use the mail service using the same address as imode mail docomo ne jp etc sp mode is a service requiring subscription For details on sp mode refer to NTT DOCOMO website mopera U is ISP of NTT DOCOMO s Internet connection If you have subscribed to mopera U you can use Internet after making the simple settings mopera U is a service requiring subscription Setting mopera U 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Mobile networks gt Access Point Names 2 Mark mopera U or mopera URE mopera U settings radio button e Return to the Home screen and open the Browser You can enjoy the nice Internet access Information e mopera Usage mopera U settings is an access point for setting mopera U When you use the access point for setting mopera U packet communication charges for setting do not apply Note that you can set only the initial setting screen or the change setting screen For details on mopera U settings refer to mopera U website Settings 213 Dial pad touch P215 tones Touch sounds PZ Screen lock sound Set whether to emit sound for unlocking the screen lock DEVICE You can use the network services and search Vibrate on touch Setwhether to vibrate the for available networks For Call settings see terminal for some operations Call settings P 106 such as speci
101. Setting voice input Set voice input to docomo voice input or Google voice typing q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Input support gt Voice typing 2 Tap docomo voice input Google voice typing Information e docomo voice input is set by default e When you tap on the software keyboard for the first time you can select whether to activate docomo voice input or change to Google voice typing Before Using the Terminal 79 Auto capitalization Set to capitalize automatically the top letter you enter in one byte alphabet entry mode except for Kana handwriting input and Kanji handwriting input On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Input support 2 Mark Auto capitalization Information e The top letter may not always be capitalized automatically in one byte alphabet entry mode when Auto capitalization is marked Setting Spell check Spell check corrects mistyped characters and shows conversion candidates before conversion in one byte alphabet input mode when entering characters with QWERTY keyboard or Japanese syllabary keyboard On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Input support 2 Mark Spell check Information e If Word suggestion function P79 is not set Spell check is not available Setting Auto space When selecting English word suggestion Auto space enters next to the entered character Except for Kanji hand
102. Settings screen P 202 tap Display gt Lock screen 2 Tap Album Xperia wallpapers e For details on setting procedure see Step 2 in Changing wallpaper P93 Settings 217 Check memory volume of device memory i internal storage microSD card and USB USB storage a storage to remove it storage And you can delete data in the lad microSD card and USB storage and format k oe USB storage is an external memory such as a a a microSD card connected to the terminal using commercially available reader writer he y Transfer data Transfer images videos cable to SD card music data in the device DEVICE Totalspace Check available device memory internal MEMORY memory internal storage to the microSD storage Apps Pictures card videos Audio music Displayed items vary depending on condition of ringtones etc microSD card or USB storage recognition Downloads cached data Msc Formatting microSD card SDCARD Total space Check available memory space etc of microSD 1 From the Settings screen P 202 card tap Storage Unmount SD Cancel connection of card microSD card to remove 2 Tap Erase SD card gt Erase SD it safely card MountsO Hae microSD card e Enter your screen unlock method as card recognized required Erase SD 3 Tap Erase everything card Information e Formatting microSD card deletes all the data in it Settings 218 Formatting USB storage
103. a handwriting input guide in the POBox Touch User Guide Japanese activates You can view the detailed explanations for the Kana handwriting input In Hiragana Kanji input mode highlight and select word in conversion candidates Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter In Hiragana Kanji input mode activate online dictionary to display in conversion candidates Appears when entering number Enter one byte two byte symbols from the displayed list Switch the tab to enter facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail Delete the character before the cursor 1 When any characters are entered just tap the Touch and hold to delete continuously desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor 2 In some screens such as the mail account registration screen or search screen ZR Next ZT Done S247 Go E etc appear Before Using the Terminal 74 3 To set online dictionary in Hiragana Kanji input mode touch and hold BN tap OK then mark Online dictionary or mark Online dictionary in the Japanese keyboard setting screen P83 Information When you enter character by Kana handwriting for the first time read a guidance and tap OK You can enter the next character on the entered character For voiced sound and semi voiced sound mark enter in t
104. ace can be entered Touch and hold to input spaces continuously te Display direct conversion candidates when entering characters When entering characters highlight and select word in conversion candidates Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter Move the cursor To the left Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion Move the cursor To the right Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion Delete the character before the cursor Touch and hold to delete continuously Before the conversion is fixed HEE Fix is displayed and pressing it fixes characters to enter or convert When characters are already fixed enter a line feed at the cursor position 1 Appears when entering characters 2 To set online dictionary when inputting character touch and hold BJ tap OK then mark Online dictionary or mark Online dictionary in the Japanese keyboard setting screen P83 3 When any characters are entered just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor 4 In some screens such as the mail account registration screen or search screen RA Next ZT Done 4 Go BJ etc appear Information e When you enter character by Kanji handwriting for the first time read a guidance and tap OK On the character entry screen tap ES and I t
105. age capture sizes when the capturing mode is set to other than Superior auto other than Backlight correction HDR for Scene communication stand by time selection or Off for HDR in Normal Composing messages or activating the 2 The figures are image capture sizes when the camera or applications also reduces call capturing mode is set to Superior auto Backlight ee Baca correction HDR for Scene selection or On for communication stand by time even if you HDR in Normal do not call or use the Internet 3 It is confirmed that the terminal and all Bluetooth Charging time is an estimate of the time devices are compliant with Bluetooth standards required to charge a completely empty designated by Bluetooth SIG and they are battery pack Charging under low authenticated However procedures may differ or temperature requires longer time data transfer may not be possible depending on the device s characteristics or specifications 4 May vary by the signal status and or whether there is an interference between communications devices 5 Bluetooth standards for Bluetooth device connection procedure according to the product s applications Appendix Index 288 E Battery pack Microsoft Microsoft Excel 97 2010 x s xlsx Excel csv xlsm Battery type Lithium lon Battery Voltage DO Coren 20070 E File format media Microsoft Microsoft PowerPoint 97 2010 ppt PowerPoint pps pptx ppsx pptm
106. akana conversion order candidates assigned totapped key In Hiragana Kanji input mode highlight and select word in conversion candidates Tap continuously to change 1 To the left a word highlighted in conversion Touch and hold to move continuously candidates and select a word to enter Or change the range for conversion a In Hiragana Kanji input mode activate Move the cursor To the right Touch and online dictionary to display in Touch and hold to move continuously conversion candidates Or change the range for conversion Appears when entering numbers tap to When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end tap to A enter the same character as the one at 1 When any characters are entered just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor In some screens such as the mail account registration screen or search screen RA Next ZT Done 547 Go E etc appear 3 To set online dictionary in Hiragana Kanji input mode touch and hold BB tap OK then mark Online dictionary or mark Online dictionary in the Japanese keyboard setting screen P83 Before the conversion is fixed REE Fix x is displayed and fixes the entering characters or conversion characters When characters are already fixed enter a line feed at the cursor position N When no character is entered or after entered character is fixed a Space can
107. al roaming or international calls Set restricting incoming calls overseas or using roaming guidance e For some overseas network operators settings may not be made Restricting incoming calls for roaming 1 2 From the Home screen tap thentap Tap Call settings gt Roaming settings Tap Restricting incoming calls e Select items you want to use Activate restriction Tap Restricting all incomings or Restricting incoming of video call 64K data enter the network security code and tap OK Deactivate Enter the network security code restriction and tap OK International roaming 264 Check settings Check the current service settings Setting incoming notification on roaming 4 From the Home screen tap S thentap 2 Tap Call settings gt Roaming settings 3 Tap Incoming notification on roaming e Select items you want to use Activate incoming lap OK to activate roaming call notification incoming call notification Deactiv incoming Tap OK to deactivate roaming call notification incoming call notification Check settings Check the current service settings Setting roaming guidance 4 From the Home screen tap N thentap 2 Tap Call settings gt Roaming settings Tap Roaming guidance e Select items you want to use Activate roaming Tap OK to activate roaming guidance guidance Deactivate Tap OK to deactivate roaming roaming guida
108. aming Cannot use the terminal overseas E When antenna mark is displayed e Do you subscribe WORLD WING Check if you subscribe WORLD WING E Out of service area indicator appears e Check if you are out of the international roaming service area or in an area with poor signal strength Check if the service area and network operator are available referring to Mobile Phone User s Guide International Services or DOCOMO International Services website Appendix Index 271 e Change the network settings or overseas network operator settings Set Search mode to Automatic in Service providers Set Network Mode to LTE preferred WCDMA GSM gt P 261 e Turning off the terminal and then turning on again may work for the restoration gt P38 Cannot perform data communication overseas e Mark Data roaming gt P 261 The terminal suddenly became unavailable while using overseas e Check if usage amount exceeds the limit of maximum charges for use For use of International roaming WORLD WING the limit of maximum charges for use is set in advance If exceeding the limit of maximum charges for use pay the charges Cannot receive calls overseas e Is Restricting incoming calls set to Activate restriction P 264 No caller ID is notified A notified caller ID is different from that of the caller Functions for using contents saved in phonebook or those using Caller ID notification do not operate e Even if a calle
109. amount e The received data is saved on the internal storage Use the Infrared application to send all data of Phonebook sp mode mail or Schedule amp Memo You can also send data one by one or send a still image or a video using the sharing menu of applications such as docomo phonebook Album Mi Sending with Infrared application 1 2 From the Home screen tap O then tap Infrared Tap Send all Tap any of Phonebook sp mode mail Schedule amp Memo e When you tap sp mode mail select any of Inbox Sent Unsent Tap Start D Enter docomo apps password and tap OK 6 Enter the same authentication password as that of the recipient and tap OK gt OK gt OK Mi Sending with sharing menu of function Select Infrared from the sharing menu of each application Information My profile excluding name card can be sent using infrared communication widget To add infrared communication widget touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap Widget Infrared From the Home screen tap H of infrared communication widget and follow the onscreen instructions For instructions on sending from the docomo phonebook application see Sending phonebook entries via infrared communication P 115 For instructions on sending from Album application see Sharing image files P 182 You cannot send two or more items of My profile name ca
110. ams because the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted etc tap BB on the FM radio screen then tap Set radio region Japan For using FM radio check your area Mi FM radio screen GOD O 34 9 Play in speaker Play in headphone Save edit Favorites 3 Channel point displayed in a good radio wave condition 4 Search channels to the left 6 Show Favorites On Off of FM radio View optional menu Monaural stereo effect Broadcasting station now listening Search channels to the right 4d Channel assigned to favorite Switching between the speaker and headphone q On the FM radio screen tap i ap e The sound output is switched to the speaker headphone Using Wireless Stereo Headset Connect the terminal and Wireless Stereo Headset sample wirelessly using Bluetooth function Notification LED of Wireless Stereo Headset Notification LED notifies the status of Wireless Stereo Headset sample incoming calls etc Flashing green The battery level is high enough Flashing yellow The battery remains Flashing red The battery is low Apps 156 3 From the Home screen tap Flashing blue Wireless Stereo Headset is then tap Settings detectable from mobile phones 4 Tap O for Bluetooth or drag Flashing purple An incoming call is received it right Lights while being charged with the power turned e Bluetooth function turns on and BB off appears on t
111. annot be deleted Changing group name q From the Application screen touch and hold a group you want to rename 2 Tap Edit name 3 Enter a group name and tap OK e The group is renamed Information e Recently DOCOMO Services and Download Application groups cannot be renamed Adding group q From the Application screen tap Bl and tap Add group 2 Enter a group name and tap OK e Anew group is added docomo Palette Ul 96 Sorting groups q From the Application screen touch and hold a group name you want to sort 2 Drag it anywhere e The group is moved Search application installed into the terminal to activate q From the Application screen tap H and then tap Search 2 Enter application name to search e Search suggestions appear as you enter a character 3 Tapan application name e The application activates Information e If a Google account is set the explanation of Google Now may appear in Step 1 Follow the onscreen instructions e Alternatively from the Home screen tap then tap Google to search application For details see Searching information in the terminal and web pages P61 Icons on the Application screen can be displayed in tiles or a list From the Application screen tap Bl and then tap List format Tap any of Tile view vertical Tile view horizontal List view The Recommends tab P 94 in the Application screen
112. anywhere Moving an icon on the Home screen 1 From the Home screen touch an icon you want to move 2 Drag it anywhere e To move to another home screen keep touching the icon and drag it to left or right Deleting an icon from the Home screen From the Home screen touch and hold an icon you want to delete 2 Tap Delete Information e Alternatively touch and hold an icon you want to delete from the Home screen and drag it to 1 displayed at the bottom of the screen Uninstalling a shortcut or widget on the Home screen e Before uninstalling application back up contents related to the application or widget that you want to save including data saved in the application or widget e Some applications or widgets may not be uninstalled 1 From the Home screen touch and hold a shortcut or widget you want to uninstall 2 Tap Uninstall e An uninstallation confirmation screen appears 3 Tap OK Information e You can also uninstall application from the Settings menu P202 For details see Deleting installed application P221 docomo Palette Ul 92 Changing Kisekae In Select an action menu P 88 tap Kisekae 2 Flick left or right and tap a Kisekae you want to change to Information e Alternatively in Step 2 select Kisekae you want to change to and tap Set to change Kisekae Alternatively from the Home screen tap and PB then tap Kisekae to change e You can add Ki
113. ap R Program guide then tap a program you want to reserve e A detail screen of program appears 3 Tap HREF Reserve receiving RUF I3 5 Reserve recording 1 1104 J3 3 Reserve once YU APHTS Reserve in series e When a message appears follow the onscreen instructions e You can record manually a program on the air Display audio Information Programs may not be received recorded in the following cases when the power is off while a program is broadcasted when the battery is low when the terminal is in a poor reception area such as out of the Mobacas service area etc when a microSD card is not inserted when available memory in a microSD card or the internal storage is low Programs recorded in a microSD card or the internal storage can be watched only on the terminal e Some programs cannot be recorded XT Ba You can set for view audio content reception etc From the Home screen tap and NOTTV 2 Tap BH and Settings FRR Display Set display subtitles subtitles WFA N RMA Set the telop display to on off Telop display 4 Audio Switch between main audio sound and sub audio sound 19975597 KE Set whether to play Play in Mobacas in the background background 397 94 LHE Enable disable 544 Shift Time auto reservation automatic reception of programs contents BIIHOU Ly h Reset Reset recommendation recommendation Bae Set a time zone
114. ar e docomo account cannot be deleted Setting Auto sync Synchronize information of online service with the terminal You can display and edit information on the terminal or a PC e You need to set your online service account Google account Facebook account etc in the terminal to synchronize in advance 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap and Auto sync data then read the notes and then tap OK e Auto sync data is marked Information e To change online service items for synchronizing from the Settings screen P202 select an account type Select an account to change and mark items to be synchronized Note e Setting Auto sync permits to synchronize data of Gmail calendar contacts etc in the Google account and profile information published by Friends etc set in the online service automatically These communications may cause you to pay packet communications charges When Auto sync is not set synchronize manually From the Settings screen P 202 select an account type Select an account and tap items to be synchronized Settings 234 Canceling synchronization 1 Tap during a synchronization 2 Tap Cancel sync Information Correction of the time differences may not be performed correctly depending on the overseas network operator In that case set time zone manually P 235 Setting the date SYSTEM 9 q Fromthe Settings screen P 202 A eaae eda Y
115. ard e Insert a docomo mini UIM card in advance P32 q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Others gt Import Export 2 Tap Import from SIM card e When you set a Google account etc you can select that account as an import account 3 Select a phonebook entry to import e Phonebook entries are imported e Alternatively touch and hold a contact to be imported tap Import e To import all phonebook entries tap PB and Import all Information e Names and phone numbers can be imported e If there is a phonebook entry whose name is matched with the imported entry the entry is imported as a separated one To export phonebook entries to docomo mini UIM card use Contacts app of Xperia Note that only name and the first phone number can be saved because of memory space of docomo mini UIM card For some phonebook entries a part of data may not be exported Phone 117 Message SMSI Send receive mails using DOCOMO mail You can send and receive text messages up address docomo ne jp to 70 two byte characters up to 160 one You can use pictogram and Deco mail For byte characters with a mobile phone details on sp mode mail refer to NTT number as the destination DOCOMO website dl ia follow the instructions From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging h Information sp mode mail data can be backed up in a microSD card using NIE Y 177 docomo backup Enter th
116. ard to switch word suggestions to alphanumeric conversion Before Using the Terminal 85 While displaying word suggestions press Shift key Alt key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to activate Online dictionary You need to mark Online dictionary checkbox in the Japanese keyboard setting screen beforehand Current conversion candidate settings word prediction direct conversion alphanumeric conversion online dictionary are displayed between character input field and conversion candidate field and selection method for conversion candidate is displayed While displaying word suggestions press Function key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to convert to hiragana katakana alphabet Press F6 to convert to hiragana Press F7 to convert to two byte katakana Press F8 to convert to one byte katakana Press F9 to convert to two byte alphabet Press F10 to convert to one byte alphabet Before Using the Terminal 86 Home screen Tapping L amp displays Home screen which consists of up to 12 screens you can use flicking left and right X4 FOX45r A May the maid ONTT DOCOMO Current home screen position e Flick the Home screen left or right to switch 2 Widget Machi chara Widget Google Search Widget Miku Downloader Applications button Wallpaper Shortcuts applications Information e You can switch the home application between docom
117. arge may become high Date amp time settings When Automatic date amp time Automatic time zone in Date amp time are marked the date time and time differences of the terminal clock are corrected by receiving the information related to time and time differences from the network of overseas network operator you connect to e Correction of the time time differences may not be performed correctly depending on the network of overseas network operator In that case set time zone manually e Timing of correction varies by the overseas network operator e Date amp time P235 About inquiries e For loss or theft of the terminal or docomo mini UIM card immediately contact DOCOMO from the spot to take the necessary steps for suspending the use For inquiries refer to the last page Note that you are still liable for the call and communication charge incurred after the loss or theft occurred For using from land line phone entering International call access code or Universal number international prefix for the country is needed International roaming 260 After returning to Japan When you return to Japan the terminal is connected to DOCOMO network automatically If connection is failed perform the following operations e Set Network Mode to LTE preferred WCDMA GSM P261 e Set Search mode to Automatic in Service providers settings P261 By default the terminal automatically s
118. arging ESP i e The battery pack is a consumable accessory The batt k is not fully charged b ul E eae The usage duration of the battery per one e For details on estimate of charging time see charge decreases gradually each time the ee Paaran battery is recharged Main specification P286 j ee e When the usage duration per one charge becomes about half of a new battery the life of the battery pack is assumed to be almost over The battery pack may swell out as it The following time varies by the battery pack ee ed A IS a condition or operating environment For depending on the usage conditions but it is details see Main specification P 288 not a problem FOMA 3G Approx 420 hours ES stationary Li ion 00 Approx 360 hours e Watching 1Seg etc for a long time while stationary charging may shorten the lifetime of the Approx 390 hours battery pack ony calltime Charging e Be sure to install Battery Pack SO09 dedicated to SO 04E for charging t is recommended to use the AC Adapter 04 optional for charging For details on AC Adapter 04 optional see AC Adapter 04 optional manual Before Using the Terminal 34 e The AC Adapter 04 optional is compatible with AC 100 V to 240 V For using the terminal overseas a plug adapter that fits the electrical outlets in the country you stay is needed Do not use an electrical transformer for overseas use to charge the terminal Use a compatible AC adap
119. ary settings in case of model change Apps 148 1Seg is a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service that allows mobile devices to receive broadcasted data along with images and sounds In addition interactive service using communication function of mobile devices and receiving detailed information are available For details on 1Seg service refer to the following website The Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting http www dpa or jp english Using 1Seg 1Seg is a service provided by TV broadcasting enterprises stations etc A communication fee for receiving video picture and sound is not required Contact NHK for details on your NHK viewing fees There are 2 types of information displayed in the data broadcasting area Data broadcasting and Data broadcasting site Data broadcasting is displayed using airwave along with images and sounds while Data broadcasting site is displayed by connecting to a site provided by TV broadcasting enterprises stations etc using information of data broadcasting For viewing Data broadcasting site etc packet communication fees are charged e Some sites require information fees e ToruCa may be automatically saved while watching 1Seg program For acquiring detailed information of saved ToruCa packet communication charge is applied Airwaves 1Seg is one of the broadcast services and a different type of radio waves airwaves from that of FOM
120. ation status and application on the Notification panel sender subject part of message of unread mail can be checked Pinching P42 on the Notification panel shows hides the operation screen such as Share or Call back for some notifications e Touch and hold a notification on the Notification panel then tap App info to check the application information You can open the Notification panel to set ON OFF etc of function with the quick setting tool For changing order or number of the quick setting tool displayed in the Notification panel see Editing quick settings on the Notification panel P217 a a Wi Fi 0a M Enable disable Bluetooth function Bluetooth a Enable disable mobile data Mobile data communication Fe Bg Switch screen brightness Enable disable Wi Fi function Brightness Enable disable silent mode Sound Vibration mute Enable disable Wi Fi tethering Hotspot function GPS AMA Airplane Enable disable Airplane mode Before Using the Terminal 48 Set whether to switch portrait landscape view automatically according to the terminal orientation Display Settings menu P 202 Settings Open the Notification panel and tap Clear Information e Flick left or right a notification on the Notification panel to delete from the list e Some notifications may not be cleared Home screen You can switch the Home screen of the terminal to docomo or Xp
121. be entered Touch and hold to input spaces continuously Before Using the Terminal 66 Settings of entry E Flick input Flick up down left right to enter characters in each column of kana syllabary e Ex Entering characters in 74 column You can enter 4 only by tapping Flick left for IT up for sa right for 4a and down for D Flick up Tap Flick left IZ 12 gt ta fa Flick right a Flick down e To switch upper lower case or change to voiced semi voiced sound tap or flick EN e Flick input is available by default When not using it you can cancel by the following operations 1H On a character entry screen touch and hold BA Tap Bg On screen keyboard settings Unmark Flick input checkbox e To change sensitivity of the flick input on a character entry screen touch and hold EN tap E and On screen keyboard settings Sensitivity of flick input then select High Medium default Low Mi Toggle entry Tap the same key continuously to enter the assigned character To enter characters assigned to the same key continuously operate the followings Ex To enter 5H Tap once Tap E and tap 45 5 times e Ex To enter ca Tap abc 3 times Tap Ey E Tap abc once In some applications tap E in Step e To switch upper lower case or change to voiced semi voiced sound tap E Before Using the Terminal 67
122. c gets into your eyes or mouth or contacts skin or clothes immediately flush the contacted area with clean running water If the fluid gets into the eyes or mouth immediately see a doctor after flushing 4 Handling adapter or desktop holder Don t g OQ O o 5 3 g O 5 AN WARNING Do not use the adapter cord if it gets damaged Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder in a very humid place such as bathroom Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock DC adapter is only for a negative ground vehicle Do not use DC adapter for a positive ground vehicle Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock Do not touch the adapter if you hear thunder Doing so may cause electric shock Contents Precautions 13 Don t 2 Don t O SY No wet hands Do not short circuit the charging jack while it is connected to the power outlet or cigarette lighter socket Do not touch the charging jack with your hands fingers or any part of your body Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock Do not place heavy objects on the adapter cord Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock When you insert and remove the AC adapter from power outlet do not contact a metal strap or other metal objects with the jack Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock Do not touch the adapter cord desktop holder or outlet with
123. can be changed to English P 96 Application tab e View Application screen Recommends tab e Install applications recommended by DOCOMO P97 Optional menu icon e View optional menu such as Settings 4 Group name e You can manage applications by groups Tap a group name to show hide applications in the group 6 Application icon e Some application icons are displayed with a number of missed calls unread mails etc 6 Number of applications in the group Applications in the group To display hide applications in all groups pinch out in the Application screen docomo Palette UI 94 z 7 Information Managing applications e Touch and hold an application icon on the Application screen tap Move and select group the group of application icons is changed From the Application screen you can add or Some application icons can be deleted from move application icons or uninstall the Application screen applications e Before uninstalling application back up contents related to the application that you Adding an application shortcut tothe want to save including data saved in the Home screen application Some applications may not be uninstalled 4 From the Application screen touch and hold anicon you wanttoadd 1 to the Home screen 2 Tap Add e The application icon is added onto the 2 Tap Uninstall Home screen e A confirmation screen appears for From the Application scre
124. cation then install it at your own risk The terminal may be infected with a virus and the data may be damaged NTT DOCOMO is not liable for malfunctions if any caused by the application you installed In such case the repair is charged even during the warranty period NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any disadvantage brought to you or any third party due to an application you installed Some applications automatically perform packet communications Packet communication is kept active unless you disconnect it or the time out is occurred To disconnect packet communication manually drag the status bar downwards and tap Mobile data OK When packet communication is disconnected BB appears e Some applications may be updated automatically Apps 137 q From the Home screen tap and Play Store Tap H and My apps 2 3 Tapthe applications you want to delete then tap Uninstall gt OK e When you uninstall charged applications a screen for refund may appear For details refer to Help P 138 When you need help or have any questions about Google Play display the Google Play screen then tap MB and tap Help to open Google Play help page A oaiae This function allows you to use Bt 77 341X EA Osaifu Keitai compatible service by which you can pay money or use coupon etc or DLTI YIH wY EA Kazashite Link compatible service by which you can access information by holding the terminal ove
125. ccount e If you have no Google account create an account e If you have already the Google account sign in Information e You can use the terminal without setting your Google account however the services such as Gmail Google Play etc are not available To log in you need a Google account and a password e When you sign in Backup and restore screen may appear To back up applications bookmark settings etc using a Google account mark Keep this phone backed up with my Google Account and then tap e Tap set Google account and synchronize each data from the following items manually Sync App Data Synchronize application data Sync Browser Synchronize browser settings saved in Google account such as bookmarks with web function of the terminal Sync Calendar Synchronize calendar information such as schedule etc stored in Google account with Calendar in the terminal Sync Contacts Synchronize contacts stored in Gmail with the phonebook stored in the terminal Sync Gmail Synchronize contacts stored in Gmail with the Email history stored in the terminal Sync Google Synchronize web album Google Photos with album in the terminal Photos Synchronize with Google Play Books Settings 232 Synchronize with Google Play Play Movies amp movies Synchronize user details Ifa lot of photos are included to Picasa web album used in Google account or web album uploaded by Google it may c
126. ces you can use network services such as Voice Mail Service Call Forwarding Service Caller ID Display Request Service etc even overseas However some network services cannot be used e To use network services overseas you need to set Remote operation settings to activate P 107 You can set Remote operation settings in the country you stay P 266 e Even if the setting canceling operation is available some network services cannot be used depending on overseas network operators International roaming 259 When you arrive overseas and turn on the terminal an available network is automatically set Connectivity When you have set Search mode to Automatic in Service providers settings optimized network is automatically selected P 261 When you use a network operator of a country region covered by the flat rate service you can use the service with flat rate packet communication charges overseas up to the specified upper limit per day To use this service subscription of packet flat rate service in Japan is required For details refer to Mobile Phone User s Guide International Services or DOCOMO International Services Website Display During international roaming PT appears on the status bar e You can confirm the name of the connected network operator on the Notification panel Note e While BM appears on the status bar packet communication is available Note that packet communication ch
127. ces using the communication function of the terminal For details on Mobacas refer to the Mobacas broadcast station NOTTV website NOTTV http www nottv jp In Japanese only Apps 143 Using Mobacas e A separate pay TV subscription to the Mobacas broadcast station NOTTV is required to use Mobacas e You cannot receive and watch broadcasts without the docomo mini UIM card being attached the terminal e Mobacas is a broadcasting service provided in Japan e Using Shift Time mode or recording requires sufficient memory in the microSD card or internal storage Using a Class 4 or faster microSD card is recommended Storage can be selected by setting Broadcast wave and service area The radio wave received via Mobacas differs from that of received via Xi FOMA service and 1Seg For this reason the signal cannot be received at places where the Mobacas broadcast does not reach or while broadcasting is out of service regardless of whether the terminal is outside or inside the Xi FOMA service area Also in the following places the signal status may become weak or the signal may not be received even if the terminal is inside the area of Mobacas broadcasting service e Places that are far from the base station that sends signal e Mountain ringed regions or a place between buildings where airwaves are interrupted by geography or buildings e Tunnel underground or far back from a building where airwaves are weak or do n
128. cify another time for installing the update file Display the Software update notice screen and tap Set Time 2 Seta time and tap Set Hi When the reserved time is reached When the reserved time is reached Ready for update Please refrain from starting other application appears then rewriting starts automatically Information e While updating the software all key operations become disabled and updating cannot be canceled If software update could not be started at the preset time the software update will be performed at the same time the following day When an alarm etc is set at the same time as the reserved time priority will be given to the software update If SO 04E is turned OFF at the reserved time the software update starts at the same time as the reserved time after the terminal is turned ON If A Software update was suspended Please check the remaining internal storage capacity and retry appears on the status bar during software update make sure that sufficient memory remains on the phone memory and retry to update if E Software update was suspended Please check the status of the handset and retry appears on the status bar during software update make sure that the terminal is not in the following states and retry to update No signal The battery pack is removed Interfered by some function Appendix Index 282 7 Using Upgrade Android software Upgrade Android software e When Upg
129. connect disconnect to Wi Fi with a one touch operation in a Wi Fi area docomo cloud Make use settings or manage the available memory for docomo cloud EN Disaster kit An application which helps you to check received Early Warning Area Mail make settings P 131 and record and check messages on the docomo Disaster Message Board El lath h Remote support An application for using AY k274YaAL ARENA h Smartphone Anshin Remote Support With XY NR 74 VALLA mt THi kK Smartphone Anshin Remote Support call center staff can provide operational support while checking your terminal screen remotely gt P 275 Instruction Manual Display the terminal instruction manual You can directly start a function you want to use from the explanation in Japanese only See About manuals of SO 04E in Introduction EN OfficeSuite View and read Office documents gt P201 Miku Downloader Download applications dedicated to the terminal or view the latest news about HATSUNE MIKU Before Using the Terminal 56 Information The applications displayed on this application screen are pre installed by default Some pre installed applications can be uninstalled Even if uninstalled some applications can be downloaded from Play Store P137 etc again Some application names may not be displayed fully Some applications require downloading and installation If you cannot download application from th
130. count etc tap Register new so that you can select that account as a registration account 3 Onthe Edit profile screen enter necessary information such as name e Tap Add to add items to register Tap in Others other items to register can be displayed 4 Tap Save Deleting a call history q On the Recent calls screen P 104 touch and hold an item you want to delete in outgoing call log incoming call log 2 Tap Delete from call log 0K Information e To delete all items from Incoming log or Outgoing log on the Recent calls screen tap Incoming tab Outgoing tab and tap then Delete all OK e To delete all items from Incoming log and Outgoing log on the Recent calls screen tap All tab and tap then Delete all OK Phone 105 the status bar q Drag the status bar downwards Tap Missed call e Recent calls screen appears Information e For 1 missed call drag the status bar Call back and Message are displayed below Missed call Tap Call back to make a call to the party of the missed call Tap Message to compose message SMS to send to the party of the missed call Call back and Message may not appear depending on notifications in the Notification panel For multiple missed calls number of calls appears below Missed call and a number of those When you have missed calls an icon appears on the unlock screen to show that you have missed calls DEIA
131. creen with data broadcasting MEE GEN MICH OKT 1Seg watching screen full screen Channel broadcasting station and program information Image Subtitle 4 Channel selection key Select channel display operation key to display channel list etc Apps 150 Touch and hold K J to search receivable channels Reception signal level 6 View optional menu Data broadcasting Display data broadcasting content Remote control for data broadcasting Display operation keys for data broadcasting such as Back Move focus Select focus etc Record icon Switch of screen view full screen with data broadcasting Information e While watching 1Seg press to adjust volume You can watch 1Seg program in the portrait view or landscape view To set the screen orientation to switch between landscape and portrait view automatically according to the terminal orientation drag the status bar downwards and tap Auto rotate To switch channels for watching operate any of the followings Tap the channel selection key On the 1Seg watching screen flick an image or subtitle left or right On the 1Seg watching screen touch and hold an image or subtitle to display the channel list and then select a channel On the portrait view screen tap a data broadcasting to display the remote control for data broadcasting To display the channel selection key or recording icon again tap an
132. creen for selecting type of account The items vary depending on the account type appears tap an emai account type and For an Exchange ActiveSync account you can also follow the onscreen instructions to set set Out of office Inbox check frequency Days to ou Sync calendar e Synema Syne contacts 6 Enter account name and name Past events synchronization etc Setting for displayed on emails you send and Outgoing settings is not required tap Next e f you set Inbox check frequency to an item other Inbox for set email account appears than Manual and if you are using the pay as you go e If you set an Exchange ActiveSync data communication you may be charged every accauinta mane disolaved ramal time you check email me e If you tap General in Step 3 you can change whole cannot be set Set up from Your name Email app settings P125 on email account settings after email initial settings is complete EAU information 1 From the Home screen tap O e Ifyou need to make the settings manually contact your email service provider or system administrator then tap Email for the correct email account settings Tap Inbox gt Add account e If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as an email account and if server manager sets Remote 3 Enter your email address and wipe the data saved in the terminal may be deleted password Tap Inbox to display a list of set accounts Tap e If r
133. croUSB cable P 37 e When you connect microUSB cable for the first time the driver software for the terminal is installed to a PC Wait for a while until installation is completed e When PC Companion software screen appears on the terminal tap Skip 3 Tap USB tethering 4 Confirm Details then tap OK e USB tethering is marked Information e System requirements OS for USB tethering are as follows Microsoft Windows 8 Microsoft Windows 7 Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows XP Linux For Microsoft Windows XP installation of PC Companion is required During USB tethering the terminal storage cannot be mounted with a PC Setting Wi Fi tethering 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Tethering amp portable hotspot 2 Tap Portable Wi Fi hotspot Confirm Details then tap OK e Portable Wi Fi hotspot is marked Information e If Wi Fi tethering starts while connecting to Wi Fi network Wi Fi network is disconnected and automatically connected when Wi Fi tethering ends Alternatively when the terminal and DLNA device are connected via Wi Fi network starting ending Wi Fi tethering affects Wi Fi connection e Wi Fi tethering can be used with USB tethering or Bluetooth tethering at the same time e Alternatively drag the status bar downwards and tap Hotspot to turn on off Wi Fi tethering function Settings 210 Setting up a portable Wi Fi hot
134. cuts e For a phonebook entry with only name tapping photo image does not display shortcuts Making a call using the phonebook 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry to call 2 Onthe Profile screen tap a phone number 3 Tap Call Searching for a phonebook entry q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap Search 2 Enter name or reading to search e All phonebook entries beginning with those letters First name Last name appear Changing contacts display order q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Others gt Contacts display order 2 Tap any of Japanese order Alphabetical order Number order Phone 110 Changing accounts to display You can set registered phonebook entries to be displayed in the phonebook list 1 2 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Others gt Accounts to display Tap Display all accounts Customize e When you set a Google account etc you can select docomo account Google account etc as an account to display e Tap Customize select a checkbox for each account and then customize display of the phonebook list screen Displaying phonebook entries by group 1 2 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap Groups Select a group e Phonebook entries are displayed by the group set when the entry is registered e To hide the group tap Close Setting group for pho
135. d on the compatible applications Follow the onscreen instructions e If the License agreement screen appears when sending receiving data read the content and follow the onscreen instructions e Even if 2 marks are pointed to each other sending receiving may fail If failed perform operations of sending receiving again e The terminal does not communicate with all NFC devices e For notes when holding over the other device see Notes on holding the mark over the other device such as a reader or device with the NFC module P 141 Enabling NFC Reader Writer P2P function q From the Home screen tap O then tap Settings gt More NFC Osaifu Keitai settings gt Reader Writer P2P gt OK e Reader Writer P2P and Android Beam are marked e NFC Reader Writer P2P function is enabled and N appears in the status bar Datacommunication 249 Information e Alternatively from the Home screen use NFC Quick Launch to enable disable NFC Reader Writer P2P function Sending data 1 Make sure that the NFC Reader Writer P2P function is enabled 2 Display data to send on the screen 3 Face the 5 marks on the terminal and the receiver s terminal each other e The displayed screen becomes small and Touch to beam appears 4 Tap the screen that has become small Receiving data 1 Make sure that the NFC Reader Writer P2P function is enabled 2 Face the 5 marks on the terminal and the r
136. d settings of each function are explained To use Instruction Manual application from the Home screen tap and Instruction Manual When using for the first time download and install the application according to the onscreen instructions You can use the application as an electronic book You can also shift to actual operations by tapping the description in the contents or view reference contents Note e For downloading or updating the application a high packet communication charge will be applied because of a large amount data communication For this reason subscription of packet flat rate service is highly recommended Operation descriptions In this manual each key operation is described with O La La amp LA And selection operations of the icons or function items on the touch screen are described as follows Fromthe Home From the Home screen tap screen tap and Applications button and then tap Settings on the next screen Touch T hold an Keep touching an icon TT icon 2 seconds Information In this manual the instructions are described with the default Home screen If you set the other application to the home screen the operations may differ from the descriptions Display examples and illustrations used in this manual are just images for explanations and may be different from actual ones In this manual the easier procedure is described for the functions and settings which hav
137. d web pages are saved even for the incognito tab Switching tabs On the Browser screen tap E and then tap a tab you want to display Mail Web browser 132 Closing a tab On the Browser screen tap Ej and then tap M of a tab to close e Alternatively flick a tab left or right to close it Zooming in out a web page Pinch in out on the Browser screen Information e Alternatively double tap the browser screen to ZOOM in e Web pages created to fit to the screen cannot be zoomed in out Searching text in a web page q On the Browser screen tap Bl and tap Find on page e The search bar appears in the upper part of the screen 2 Enter a search word e When you enter characters matching characters are emphasized Tap EN RZ to move to next previous matched item Information Tap M4 to close the search bar Copying text in a web page 1 On the Browser screen touch and hold text you want to copy 2 Drag or to select a range of text to copy e Selected text is highlighted in blue 3 Tap El Copy e A message Text copied to clipboard appears 4 Touch and hold the entry field on the pasting location and tap PASTE Information Onsome web pages selecting text may not be available You can make settings for homepage privacy and security page display etc On the Browser screen tap J and Settings 2 Select an item to change Mail Web browser 133 Settin
138. designed for being touched E Scroll lightly with fingers Do not push it forcibly When whole content cannot be displayed with a finger or press it with sharp objects flick up down left right displayed content nail ballpoint pen pin etc to scroll move the display position e Touching the touch screen may not work in the following cases Note that it may cause malfunction Operation with gloved hands Operation with tip of fingernail Operation with foreign object on the screen Operation with protective sheet or seal on the screen Operation on the wet touch screen E Pinch Operation with fingers wet with sweat or Touch the screen with two fingers and water widen pinch out or narrow pinch in the i fingers distance On some screens pinch Operations on the touch screen J l oie E out to zoom in and pinch in to zoom out E Tap Touch an item such as icon or menu with your finger lightly and release it e Double tap means tapping twice quickly E Touch and hold Touch and hold an icon or menu item long E Flick Swipe Touch the screen and flick up down left right Qan m m dam Before Using the Terminal 42 You can set the screen orientation to switch between landscape and portrait view automatically according to the terminal orientation q Drag the status bar downwards Tap Auto rotate e When the setting is enabled EJ appears Information
139. e 3 Selecta sending method e After this step follow the onscreen instructions E Sending phonebook entry currently displayed Send all entries displayed in the phonebook list screen For conditions for displaying phonebook entries see Changing accounts to display P 111 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap then tap Others gt Import Export 2 Tap Share phonebook data 3 Select a sending method and tap Always Just once Phone 115 e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Mi Sending My profile 1 2 3 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap My profile tab and Share Select a sending method e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Tap You can export import phonebook entries from to a microSD card or docomo mini UIM card This is useful for example when you want to move the contact information to another phone Information e You can also use a synchronization service for synchronizing your phonebook For details refer to Information Setting Auto sync P234 e To use Bluetooth function turn on Bluetooth function P245 in advance or select Bluetooth Turn on in Step 3 e To use email you need to make settings of your email account P121 e If you want to send it as an Email Gmail attachment send from a mail composing screen in an account 1 Exporting phonebook to microSD card e Insert a microSD card in advance P2
140. e icon or progress bar Drag the marker left or right on the progress to change playing point e Turn the terminal sideways to switch to the landscape view e Tap to stop playing and return to the video list screen To quit YouTube tap Lx Information For movies with caption function which can display subtitles CC appears by tapping the screen while playing in the landscape screen Tap CC to set the caption function When HD or HQ appears by tapping the screen while playing in the landscape screen mode tap HD HQ to play in high quality A video plays in high quality when Wi Fi is connected To always play video in high quality even when mobile network is connected tap B then tap Settings General then mark High quality on mobile checkbox Tap BY to search videos To delete search history tap H and Settings Search gt Clear search history OK Media Player Play back music and videos stored on the internal storage or a microSD card using Media Player e For information on how to copy music and video data from a PC see Connecting to a PC with microUSB cable P251 e For information on file formats of playable data see Playing multimedia content P 180 Apps 184 From the Home screen tap then tap Media Player When XIOLITXTA TIVA PA Welcome to Media Player screen appears follow the onscreen instructions e Media Player screen appears Mi Media Player scree
141. e Home screen tap EH and tap Settings Security Unknown sources OK mark the checkbox and then tap the application Activating two or more applications may increase battery consumption and the operation time may become short For this reason it is recommended to end applications when not used To end an application on the application screen you are using tap to display the Home screen or tap and then Close all If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial settings P40 some group names are displayed in Japanese even after the language setting is changed These group names can be changed to English P 96 Adding an application to the Home screen 1 3 From the Application screen touch and hold an icon you want to add to the Home screen Drag it to Add to Home screen displayed at the top of the screen e A Home screen appears Drag it to a position to locate the shortcut Information To delete a shortcut touch and hold a shortcut to delete on the Home screen drag it to displayed at the bottom of the screen Uninstalling an application 2 3 Before uninstalling an application see Uninstalling an application P95 From the Home screen tap E Tap Bl and tap Uninstall Tap an icon with Eq e A confirmation screen appears for uninstall e Icons with E4 can be deleted Tap Uninstall Before Using the Terminal 57 Sharing application Introduce an applicat
142. e Manager Check file type update time USB connection mode to Mass storage mode location etc on the terminal MSC you cannot access the microSD card on the terminal Some functions using microSD card for the applications such as Camera or Album may not be available When the terminal is connected to a PC charging starts automatically For details see Charging with a PC P37 External device connection 252 Disconnecting the microUSB cable safely e Do not disconnect the microUSB cable during data transferring Data may be damaged Mi Media transfer mode MTP 1 Confirm that it is not transferring data disconnect the microUSB cable E Mass storage mode MSC 1 2 Drag the status bar downwards Tap SD card connected e SD card disconnected appears in the status bar Disconnect the microUSB cable The Media Go computer application helps you transfer and manage media content in the terminal and PC With Media Go you can load music from a CD to a PC and transfer to the terminal e You can install Media Go from PC Companion Activate PC Companion installed in a PC and install Media Go with Sony PC Companion screen For information on how to install PC Companion see When PC Companion is not installed on your PC P 285 e To learn more about howto use the Media Go application click Help on the Media Go window on a PC and then click Media Go Help Information e You can
143. e You need to create your Google account Privacy and accounts Appears when a Google account is set Character entry Enter characters using the software keyboard which appears when you tap the character input box in a mail phonebook etc information When the software keyboard is displayed BY appears on the status bar To hide software keyboard tap PY displayed at the lower left ofthe screen e Touch and hold a text in the character entry screen to display the enlarged text to check with dragging on the text In the terminal you can select Input method keyboard type from Google voice typing Moji Henshu Xperia Chinese keyboard Xperia Japanese keyboard or Xperia keyboard Google voice Select to enter characters by voice typing input with Google voice typing Select to enter Japanese Moji Henshu Select to enter characters by voice input with docomo voice input Select to enter Chinese Before Using the Terminal 62 Xperia You can select a language for text keyboard entry For Japanese keyboard there are 5 types of 1 D E tap software keyboards phonepad QWERTY Japanese syllabary Kana handwriting and 2 Tap Language amp input Default Kanji handwriting input 3 Tap any of Xperia Chinese E Phonepad keyboard keyboard Xperia Japanese keyboard International keyboard Information e When the language is set to English the defa
144. e cannot be unlocked or PIN locked Note that if you do not subscribe sp mode some functions of Osaifu Keitai compatible service may not be available 3 From the Home screen tap O then tap Settings gt More NFC Osaifu Keitai settings gt Reader Writer P2P gt OK e Reader Writer P2P and Android Beam are marked e NFC Reader Writer P2P function is enabled and N appears in the status bar Hold the 5 mark over a device with the NFC module or a smart poster Apps 140 e When holding 22 mark over the other device make sure not to hit the terminal strongly e Hold the 22 mark over parallel to the center of the other device e When holding J mark over the other device make sure not to hit the terminal strongly If 2 mark is not recognized even when holding over the device try lifting the terminal slightly or moving the terminal back forth and around e If there are metal objects between 22 mark and the other device scanning may be failed And note that putting the terminal in a case or cover may affect communication performance Use NFC Osaifu Keitai lock settings to restrict the use of Osaifu Keitai function and related services e NFC Osaifu Keitai lock is different from screen lock for the terminal SIM card lock From the Home screen tap then tap Settings gt More 2 Tap NFC Osaifu Keitai settings gt NFC Osaifu Keitai lock 3 Entera passw
145. e correct IP address may not have been acquired Make sure the signal status and reconnect It may take 5 minutes or more to display the message after Connect is tapped To use docomo service via Wi Fi setting Wi Fi option password is required To set from the Settings screen P 202 tap docomo service Wi Fi settings for docomo apps Wi Fi option password Mi Wi Fi network status icons on status bar The following icons appear according to the Wi Fi network connection status Appears when connected to Wi Fi network Appears when communicating via Wi Fi network Appears when connected to Wi Fi network using Auto IP function Appears when any Wi Fi open networks are detected Set Wi Fi Network notification to on with the terminal not connected to Wi Fi network beforehand P204 Disconnecting a Wi Fi network From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap the Wi Fi network that is currently connected 3 Tap Forget Wi Fi network status When you are connected to a Wi Fi network or when there are Wi Fi networks available in your vicinity you can see the status of these Wi Fi networks You can also set the terminal to notify you when an unsecured Wi Fi network is detected Setting the Wi Fi open network notification to ON e You need to turn on the Wi Fi setting beforehand P 203 q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap BH and Advanced 3 Mark Network noti
146. e disabled applications then retry gt P 221 Phone call Cannot make a call even if you press the dial button e Check if you activate the SIM card lock gt 2 227 e Check if you activate Airplane mode gt P 208 The ringtone does not sound e Is the call alert volume of volume setting set to silent gt P 214 e Check if the silent mode is active gt P 43 e Is the ring time for Voice mail service or Call forwarding service 0 Sec gt P 106 e Check if you set call rejection gt P 106 Calls are not connected Even when moving EY out of service area does not disappear or although radio waves are enough making receiving calls is unavailable e Turn the power OFF and ON or remove and attach the battery pack or docomo mini UIM card P 32 P 33 P 38 Due to the nature of radio waves making receiving calls may be unavailable even when not out of service area or appears on the display for the radio wave condition Move to the other place and call again Due to the crossing of radio waves atthe crowded public places calls mails are crossed and the connection status may not be good Move to other place or call again at other time Display The display is dim e Check if the backlight time out is set gt P 217 e Check if the brightness of screen is changed P 216 e Check if you set Power Saver gt P 219 e Check if you cover the Proximity sensor with sticker etc gt P 30 e When the temperature of t
147. e input or Google voice Online dictionary or mark Online dictionary in typing A candidate list appears Tap a the Japanese keyboard setting screen P83 character string you want to enter Display the available extensions list Appears before fixing character in Hiragana Kanji input mode It displays alphabet or katakana conversion candidates assigned to tapped key Before Using the Terminal 69 Selecting an assistant keyboard E Highlight When you enter in Hiragana Kanji input mode using the QWERTY keyboard you can change the assistant keyboard to make the frequent using keys to be displayed widely for easy tapping a Bb WN Widen frequent using key and highlight the key that is predicted for the next entry On a character entry screen touch and hold fj Mi Dynamic Tap EJ Widen the key that is predicted for the next Tap On screen keyboard entry much further and highlight it settings gt Choose key type Tap any of Wide Highlight Dynamic Standard Tap OK Ml Wide Widen frequent using key for easy tapping E Standard Display equally the width of each key Settings of Hide keys P 71 are not valid and all keys are shown Before Using the Terminal 70 Changing display keys 2 You can set not to display less frequent used 3 keys Q X C etc on the QWERTY keyboard q Ona character entry screen touch and hold 2 Tap EG 3 Tap On screen keyboard settings gt
148. e motion blurring Apps 171 Party Shoot an indoor picture creating good atmosphere of indoor lighting Video resolution Set the resolution for recording An image with a higher resolution requires more memory Full HD Full HD format 1920X1080 with 16 9 aspect ratio The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Video camera HD HD 720p format 1280x720 with 16 9 aspect ratio The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Video camera VGA VGA format 640480 with 4 3 aspect ratio QVGA QVGA format 320X240 with 4 3 aspect ratio The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Front video E Photo light Use the photo light to shoot when lighting conditions are poor or in backlight ES On The photo light turns on Off The photo light does not turn on e Sometimes the video quality can be better without a photo light even if lighting conditions are poor Recording a good video without using the photo light requires a steady hand Self timer Start recording when a set time elapses after the start recording icon or shooting screen is tapped or LA is pressed On 10 sec Recording starts 10 seconds after tapping or pressing Lia J On 2 sec Recording starts 2 seconds after tapping or pressing LJ Off Recording starts right after tapping or pressing L6 J Apps 172 M Quick launch Set behavior
149. e multiple operating procedures Please note that Xperia feat HATSUNE MIKU SO 04E is called SO 04E or the terminal in this manual In this manual explanations for docomo as Home screen are provided To switch the home applications see Switching home application P60 Supplied accessories e SO 04E with warranty e Back Cover SO22 e IL YIARAI RIA F Quick Start Guide In Japanese only SO 04ED CACO TOREA REE MOMILOCER Notes on usage Safety Handling precautions In Japanese only e Desktop Holder SO17 lt Miku gt with warranty e Wireless Stereo Headset Sample with manual Q i A e y For details on optional devices see Optional and related devices P 267 Contents E Supplied accessories 2 E About using the terminal 5 E Safety Precautions Always follow these directions ssssssssssssesoesose 7 E Handling precautions 17 E Waterproofness Dustproofness 24 Before Using the Terminal 30 Part NAMES and FUNCTIONS wuss 30 docomo mini UIM Card nsss 31 Battery WACK aiccanenecaussiiatinatieniievadsnntacticnsiiacisd 33 CHANN urnas 34 Turning power On 0ff s ssssssisrisrisissroresrerersrsrenenens 38 Mitia SEINO A tuine kks 40 DOSIS nani reeset emer 4 Ns MA 45 Status Daf naenin 45 Notification panel sssssssssssssssssissssrsrsrssrsrsrsrrsrsrrsrorrsrsrrsrernn 48 HOME SCOE eee ee ee ee 49 App
150. e number in order From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging e Messages SMS appear per sender Senders with unread messages SMS left are displayed in bold font and is displayed to the left 2 Select a sender whose messages SMS you want to read e A message SMS appears Information When you receive a message SMS EN appears on the status bar To read the message SMS drag the status bar downward and tap a notification of message SMS Tap 77 F ina message SMS to add star To check starred messages SMS in a list tap from the Home screen tap Messaging then tap and tap Starred messages Mail Web browser 119 From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging 2 Tap Y of phone number to save and tap Save 3 Select Register new ora phonebook entry to add e When you set Google account etc tap Register new to select the account as a saving location 4 On the Edit profile screen enter required items such as name etc and tap Save Information e Fora sender registered to the phonebook tap PY or photo image in Step 2 to make a call or display the phonebook entry 1 From the Home screen tap then tap Messaging 2 Tap and Settings Notification Set ringtone when receiving a tone message SMS Notifications Set whether to show message SMS arrival notification in the status bar Notification Set whether to vibrate when
151. e on a full charge though it may vary by operating conditions Purchase a new battery pack of the specified type Charge the battery in an environment with the proper ambient temperature 5 Cto 35C The operating time of the battery pack varies depending on the operating environment and the secular degradation of the battery pack The battery pack may swell out as it comes to near the end of its lifetime depending on the usage conditions but it is not a problem Be careful especially about the following points when preserving the battery pack The battery is fully charged immediately after the charging is complete The battery has run out the phone cannot power on The performance and life of the battery pack may deteriorate It is recommended that you store the battery with the remaining battery level of about 40 as a guide Mi The adapter precautions Charge the battery in an environment with the proper ambient temperature 5 Cto 35C Do not charge in the following places Places that are very humid dusty or exposed to strong vibrations Near land line phone or TV radio The adapter cable could become warm while charging This condition is not abnormal You can continue using the terminal When using the DC adapter for charging do not turn off the vehicle engine Doing so may cause the vehicle battery run out When you use the power outlet with a mechanism to prevent the plug
152. e power outlet or cigarette lighter Power off the terminal e Remove battery pack Failure to do so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Z CAUTION Do not place on an unstable or inclined platform Doing so may cause the device to fall and cause injury Do not keep in a place that is very humid dusty or subject to high temperature Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock If children use the terminal parents or guardians should give them the proper instructions for use Make sure that they use the terminal as instructed Failure to do so may cause injury Keep the equipment out of the reach of babies and infants Failure to do so may cause accidental swallowing or injury Contents Precautions 9 Be careful especially when using the Do not turn on the light toward a driver of a terminal connected to the adapter car etc Do continuously for a long time Dont Doing so may disturb driving and cause an If you play a game watch 1Seg etc for a long accident time while charging the temperature of the A terminal battery pack and adapter may rise Power off the terminal in a place where the If you are directly in contact with hot parts for D use is prohibited such as in airplane or a long period of time it may cause your skin to Do hospital become red itchy or develop a rash Failure to do so may affect electronic depending on your physical condition and equipment and electronic medical also
153. e recipient s phone app For information on backing up see RIE tw number 77 Y docomo backup P 199 e Tap a to display the contacts list screen to select from registered contacts When you enter a name or phone number in the box at the top of the screen a list of contacts matching the entered numbers or letters appears Tap 4 New mail GO N Tap Write message and enter a message e Tap E and Select message template to enter by selecting message template registered in Message template settings P 120 i gt Mail Web browser 118 e When the number of entered characters comes close to a limit a number of enterable characters appears on the upper left of the text box 5 Tap Send Information e For the character entry see Character entry P62 e You can also send receive text messages to from customers of overseas network operators For details see Mobile Phone User s Guide International Services or the DOCOMO International Services website To send SMS to users of overseas network operators enter Country code and then the recipient mobile phone number Enter the phone number without a leading 0 if any Alternatively enter 010 Country code then the recipient mobile phone number in order To reply to the received message SMS overseas you need to create a new message SMS To send a message in Step 3 enter 010 Country code then the recipient mobile phon
154. e screen tap O Area Mail is received then tap Disaster kit Ringtone and ringtone volume cannot 9 Tap Early Warning Area Mail be changed e The notification LED blinks only when 3 backlight is off 3 A message body of Area Mail appears automatically Mark Area Mails you want to delete and tap Delete e Tap Select all to mark all Area Mails View received Area Mail later 1 From the Home screen tap O then tap Disaster kit e When you activate for the first time HAIC fc 0 T Terms of use appears Tap Agree to start using 2 Tap Early Warning Area Mail Mail Web browser 130 From the Home screen tap O then tap Disaster kit 2 Tap Early Warning Area Mail 3 Tap H and then Settings Set whether to receive Area Mail Set sounding time for Area Mail reception and whether to sound a dedicated ringtone even in silent mode Check the ringtone and screen for reception of earthquake early warning tsunami warning or disaster evacuation information Set receiving deleting Area Mail other than earthquake early warning tsunami warning and disaster evacuation information Check screen image and beep tone Web browser You can view web pages using web browser like on a PC Web browser can be used via packet communication or Wi Fi network From the Home screen tap 4 e A browser screen appears Information e Alternatively from the Home scr
155. e the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help C 0682 O The Product SO 04E is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999 5 EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3 1 a 3 1 b and 3 2 The Declaration of Conformity can be found on http www sonymobile co jp product SAR doc in Japanese only Appendix Index 303 End User Licence Agreement Software delivered with this device and its media is owned by Sony Mobile Communications AB and or its affiliated companies and its suppliers and licensors Sony Mobile grants you a non exclusive limited licence to use the Software solely in conjunction with the Device on which it is installed or delivered Ownership of the Software is not sold transferred or otherwise conveyed Do not use any means to discover the source code or any component of the Software reproduce and distribute the Software or modify the Software You are entitled to transfer rights and obligations to the Software to a third party solely together with the Device with which you received the Software provided the third party agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device It can be ter
156. earches available network and connect to it To switch network manually set as follows Setting network mode From the Home screen tap O then tap Settings 2 Tap More gt Mobile networks gt Network Mode 3 Select a network mode you use e You can select from LTE WCDMA GSM only and LTE preferred WCDMA GSM If you select LTE preferred WCDMA GSM to switch available network automatically Setting a network operator 1 3 From the Home screen tap then tap Settings Tap More gt Mobile networks gt Service providers e If a note appears tap OK Tap Search mode gt Manual e To display available networks tap Search networks 4 From AVAILABLE NETWORKS mark a network to use Information e Ifyou cannot search networks disable mobile data communication P 207 and then search again e If you set a network manually the terminal is not reconnected to another network automatically even if you move out of the network area e To return to Automatic tap Automatic in Step 3 Setting data roaming 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen tap then tap Settings Tap More gt Mobile networks Tap Data roaming Read the note and tap Yes e Data roaming checkbox is marked International roaming 261 2 Dial touch and hold 0 gt Country code Area code Making receiving calls in the cou ntry you stay City code Enter a pho
157. ears in the status bar 6 Phonebook View phonebook entry list screen P 108 Option menu Set Hold during a call e To cancel Hold tap Retrieve call during Hold e To set a call on hold Call waiting subscription is required P106 Phone 103 Mute Turn the microphone on off during a call e When you switch to the other screen such as the Home screen with Mute on RY appears in the status bar 9 Dial key Enter the phone number you want to add to make a call e The ongoing call is automatically on hold e To add a call Call waiting subscription is required P106 Ending a call Note e Do not bring the terminal close to your ear with the speakerphone on to avoid from hearing damage Information e When you switch to the other screen such as the Home screen during a call J appears in the status bar Drag the status bar and tap Ongoing call to display the calling screen Tap Mute to set Mute to on off for the microphone or tap Hang up to end the call Adjusting the earpiece volume During a call press to adjust Information e You can adjust the earpiece volume only during a Call Call history From the Home screen tap then tap Recent calls tab e Recent calls screen appears Recent calls screen Incoming call and outgoing call are displayed by chronological order in the Recent calls screen Taro DOCOMO pes O Mobile 186080XXXXXXXX 08 31 Sat 11 42 Jiro DOCOM
158. eceiver s terminal each other e When data is received an application that supports the data opens Follow the onscreen instructions Data communication 250 Connecting to PC By connecting the terminal and a PC with the Micro USB Cable 01 optional the internal storage and a microSD card in the terminal are recognized by the PC and you can operate such as copying moving deleting the data e You may not be able to copy move delete etc copyrighted data of images music etc Information e The following operating systems OS are supported Microsoft Windows 8 Microsoft Windows 7 Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows XP e The terminal is connected by Media transfer mode MTP which is set by default Connecting the terminal and a PC using a microUSB cable e For using Mass storage mode MSC etc attach a microSD card to the terminal P239 Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable P 37 e When you connect microUSB cable for the first time the driver software for the terminal is installed to a PC Wait for a while until installation is completed e When PC Companion software screen appears on the terminal tap Skip E Media transfer mode MTP Internal storage amp SD card appears in the status bar of the terminal The terminal is displayed on the PC screen as a portable device You can access the internal storage and a microSD card in the terminal E Mass stora
159. eck the route or phone number for the searched location The items displayed vary depending on the location On the map screen tap KK to select a category such as Restaurants Cafes and search to show the results on the map Apps 192 Changing the layers Getting direction You can select information to overlay onthe You can receive detailed guides for your map destination 1 On the map screen tap KA q On the map screen tap 7 Tap information to display 2 Enter a start point in the upper e Traffic information and routes are not entry field and an end point in the available in all locations lower entry field TE 4 offic TENOR Alternatively tap 4 atthe right of the input field to select a Start point and Satellite Display satellite photo i qe En E E End point from My current location payg 9 i Contacts Point on map My Places ransit Lines Show route information Latitude Join Google Latitude 3 Select a transportation from a View My Maps that you create on Driving 2 Transit Walking You can view My Maps but e When you select transit you can select cannot create it on the terminal preferred transit or conditions Display w Tap W to display a Wikipedia 4 Tap GET DIRECTIONS article related to the location E Going by car on foot Google Latitude ends its service on August 9 Direction is shown on a map 2013 E Going by public transport Trip list appears Select
160. ed Chinese Hong Kong E Text language Character entry Arabic Icelandic Albanian Italian Indonesian Anglo Indian Ukrainian Esthonian Dutch Kazakh Catalan Galician Greek Croatian Javanese Swedish Spanish Slovak Slovene Sundanese Serbian Thai Tagalog Czech Danish German Norwegian Basque Hungarian Finnish French Bulgarian Vietnamese Hebrew word Persian Polish Bosnian Portuguese Macedonian Malay Latvian Lithuanian Romanian Russian Tamil Turkish Hindu English Chinese Traditional Chinese Simplified Japanese Appendix Index 290 E Text language Voice input Chinese standard China Simplified Japanese celandic Afrikaans Arabic Korean United Arab Emirates Arabic srael Arabic Egypt Arabic Qatar Arabic m Kuwait Arabic Saudi Arabia Arabic Certificate and compliance Jordan Arabic Lebanon Arabic Bahrain E Arabic Oman Arabic Palestine Italian u Ph check details of certificate and Greek Indonesian Dutch Catalan Galician eE ma PAE rmn Swedish isiZulu Spanish United States including certificate number compliance Spanish Argentina Spanish Uruguay number Spanish Ecuador Spanish El Salvador 1 From the Home screen tap O Spanish Guatemala Spanish Costa Rica then tap Settings Spanish Colombia Spanish Spain Spanish Chile Spanish Dominican Republic Spanish Nicaragua Spanish Panama Spanish Paraguay Spanish Puerto Rico Spanish Venezuela Spanish Peru Spanis
161. ee 52 RECEIVING eee et eee ea dios das 248 Uninstalling ea ta ees ssa ce dete A 57 Sending ee ee ee a ee 248 Application button teete 49 52 94 Bluetooth keyboard 85 Application screen neeite inesse 52 94 Bookmark tet errr teeter eters 134 Adding rrrtrtttcttt tet ttet et seees BO Broltiess tes sees ee needs 216 Folder lt n ooosoo coso 58 Groups cerrrrrterrenrenrenrnnnna nes 96 C RECOMMENAS 2 2 sre soon 94 97 Calculator tsss testasi ttt eee 55 SWItChING tds e ees ee 53 97 Calendar casta 194 Application update tc 237 Creatingschedule 194 Appendix Index 310 Reminders a ai acia 1 96 Call AAA ad 99 Calling screen tetetete terete 103 Declining reais eee sera det ior Weel ae ets 1 01 Ending tttttsttttete eee eeeeeees 104 Hold aaa 1 03 Making ectterrrrerrrrenrrrnnrro oo 99 Mute aa aaa aaa ara aaa iaa acid 1 04 Receiving a ad ia id 1 01 Speaker ERES A A AA erie te 1 03 Call forwarding service 106 Call history O 1b der el ariel are ceeewer ves 104 Adding to Phonebook 105 Deleting it Su SS is 1 05 Making a Call a a didas 1 05 Call notification o 107 Call settings AAA we eww wee ares 106 Call Waiting eette ettette eens 106 Caller ID display request service 107 Caller ID notification 22 s 8 s 106 Camera ce ecc cccrrrrrrrrrnccromo ooo 1 58 Capturi
162. een P202 tap Add account XperiaTM with Facebook e Tap the set account to set the following items Sync Calendar Synchronize events such as Friends birthdays etc stored in Facebook with Calendar in the terminal Sync Contacts Synchronize profile of Friends stored in Facebook with the phonebook stored in the terminal Synchronize music that Friends specified Like in Facebook with WALKMAN in the terminal Settings 233 e Tap Xperia with Facebook Application control settings then mark each function to synchronize applications in the terminal and Facebook Setting other account You can set docomo account Email Exchange ActiveSync etc besides Google account P 232 or Facebook account P 233 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Add account Tap an account type e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Information e Use docomo account when you use FIE Ww 2 PY 7 docomo backup app P199 provided by NTT DOCOMO docomo account is set by default Removing account 1 From the Settings screen P 202 select an account type and then select an account you want to delete 2 Tap H then tap Remove account Remove account Information e A Google account registered by marking Keep this phone backed up with my Google Account on the Backup and restore screen is registered as a backup account When a backup account is removed caution appears on the status b
163. een tap then tap Chrome to access the Internet to view web pages Moving to a web page 4 Tap the address entry field on the top of the web page in the Browser screen e f web page address entry field is not displayed flick down the screen to display Mail Web browser 131 2 Enter a web page address or keyword to search e As you enter an address or characters retrieved web pages list appears Tap the displayed candidates list or Go on the software keyboard e You can move the web page Information e In Step 2 you can tap M in the address entry field to enter search words by voice and search a web page Going back to the previous page 1 On the browser screen tap Adding a new tab Open multiple tabs and view web pages q On the Browser screen tap E and EE e Anew tab opens in the default home page Opening new incognito tab You can view web pages without browser history or search history q On the Browser screen tap E and 2 Tap New incognito tab e Anew tab opens and descriptions for the incognito mode appear 3 Display a web page e For information on displaying web page see Moving to a web page P131 Information GBB is displayed on the left side of web page address bar while viewing in the incognito tab e Web pages you view in the incognito tab does not appear in the history When the tab is closed the record of Cookies etc is erased Downloaded files or bookmarke
164. eginning of the video or to the previous video Fast rewind Play or pause Fast forward Skip to the next video Playback point View optional menu 6 Video information 6 Auto rotate screen ON OFF Tap BN to turn red and disable Auto rotate screen Volume control e Alternatively on the playback screen press to adjust the volume Information e While in landscape view tap the screen to display option menu icons etc You can play back songs in the order you decided using playlist Creating a playlist 1 2 From the Home screen tap then tap Media Player Flick left and right on tabs at the bottom of the screen and tap Play list e Play list screen appears Tap Add enter a playlist name and tap OK Select songs you want to add e You can also select songs from Artists tab and Albums tab e on the selected song turns red and the song is added to Play list by each tap e Tapping Add all songs adds all songs Tap Apply e To add more songs tap Add songs to playlist select songs you want to add and tap Apply Apps 186 6 Tap Save gt OK Editing songs in playlist 1 Changing order in the playlist 1 2 On the play list screen select a playlist to edit and tap Edit E Changing order of the songs Drag up and down in song to change order and tap Save OK E Deleting songs from playlist Select songs to delete tap Delete selected songs gt Save
165. en touch and hold an icon of application you want to uninstall uninstall Information e Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where 3 Tap OK no icons are displayed and tap Shortcut Information pp ollceuonl api ade am e You can also uninstall them from the Settings menu a P202 For details see Deleting installed application 4 ati P221 Moving application aan q On the Application screen touch and hold an icon to move 2 Drag it anywhere e The application icon is moved docomo Palette UI 95 Adding group to the Home screen 4 From the Application screen touch and hold an icon you want to add to the Home screen 2 Tap Add e Shortcuts to the group is added to the Home screen Information e Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap Group and select a group name to add a shortcut Changing the color of group name q From the Application screen touch and hold a group you want to change the color 2 Tap Edit label and select label color to change e The color for group name is changed Information e For some Kisekaes label color may not be changed Deleting group From the Application screen touch and hold a group you want to delete 2 Tap Delete Delete e Application icons belonged to the deleted group move to the Download Application group Information e Recently DOCOMO Services and Download Application groups c
166. ent or tunnel and below the ground or water e In buildings clustered or residential area e Near a high voltage cable e Bad weather such as heavy rain or snow Note e f some of the GPS functions are not available or if none of them are check that your contract includes the use of the Internet and see WIRELESS amp NETWORKS P202 e NTT DOCOMO is not liable for navigation services or for the accuracy of location services Activating GPS Location services You can position current location using GPS Wi Fi or information sent from base stations of mobile network 1 E WN From the Home screen tap O then tap Settings Tap Location services Tap or drag right for Access to my location Read note on GPS location services and tap Agree then read Location consent and tap Agree e GPS satellites and Google s location service are marked Information e The note for location information may appear in Step 4 Alternatively drag the status bar downwards and tap GPS to turn on off GPS To activate read the note on GPS location services and tap Agree Your location information is sent to Google without specifying who you are Your location information may be sent even when the application is not running GPS satellites and Google s location service can be set individually Apps 190 Ml Using My location info in Google application To identify your location with a Google a
167. equired value for Sweep Panorama within a certain period of time the part which was not taken is recorded in gray To avoid this move the camera faster when shooting Because two or more images are joined together joints may not recorded smoothly Images may be blurred or may not be taken in a dark scene Under the flickering light source such as a fluorescent light you may not be able to shoot properly since brightness or color balance of joined image may be unstable If brightness color balance focus point of whole image etc to be shot with Sweep Panorama are extremely different from those of the focused image image may not be shot properly Apps 159 e In the following cases Sweep Panorama shooting may be interrupted Moved the camera too fast too slow Blurred too much Moved the camera in the opposite direction of the shooting E Still picture shooting screen video Icons showing set items 4 Display area of status icons showing selected settings 65 Recent shooting history Flick a thumbnail of shooting history on the shooting screen to the left of the screen up when in vertical screen mode to display the last 5 items Tap a thumbnail to open viewing playback screen for still pictures and videos Touch and hold a thumbnail to display the following icons except for continuous shoot Seg Share jug Delete For thumbnails of pictures continuously taken number of pictures continu
168. equired mark Send email from this Combined view to display combined Inbox for all accounts account by default 4 Tap Next e To set up an email account manually tap Manual setup and follow the onscreen instructions Mail Web browser 126 2 Enter mopera U mail address and mopera U password then tap 4 From the Home screen tap Manual setup Next then tap Email e If you tap Next it changes i automatically to POP3 account Go to 2 Tap and Settings Step 4 3 Tapanaccount to delete 3 Tap POP3 from the type of the 4 Tap Delete account gt OK mail account 4 Check that you have entered Username and Password for mopera U users can use mopera U Mail sucia U gle Pan os For mopera U setting procedure see Setting mail mopera net for the mopera U P 213 server i i J e If you tap Next in Step 2 Mail box capacity of mopera U mail is 50 MB Pa AT It supports both POP mail and IMAP mail all MOpera Also the Web mail system is available POPS server field E POP mail 5 Select the security type e When you do not set security select From the Home screen tap None then tap Email e If you already set an Email account tap 6 Confirm the entry then tap Next Inbox Add account Mail Web browser 127 7 Enter mail mopera net for the SMTP server and confirm the entry of Username and Password for mopera U e Ifyou tap Next in Step 2 you need to mark Requ
169. er 4 16 digit numbers This PIN code is different from a PIN code to be set to docomo mini UIM card P226 e When you tap Password follow the onscreen instructions to enter 4 to 16 characters including alphabets Changing screen unlock method q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security gt Screen lock 2 Enter the current unlock pattern PIN password 3 Select a new unlock method e For details see Step 2 in Setting screen unlock method P228 Locking the screen Once screen unlock method P 228 is set the screen is locked when the sleep mode is set or is pressed Unlocking the screen lock q Press to turn the backlight on 2 Enter unlock screen method Enter the set unlock method Flick or Tap Face Unlock Pattern PIN Password Settings 228 If you forget how to unlock E If you set Pattern You have incorrectly drawn your unlock pattern 5 times Try again in 30 seconds appears when you enter incorrect unlock pattern 5 times consecutively e Tap Forgot pattern to display Unlock screen Answer the security question set when unlock pattern is setand tap OK to unlock the screen lock e When you set a Google account tap Forget pattern to display Unlock screen Tap Security question to display Security question screen Answer the security question and tap OK to unlock the screen lock Tap Enter Google account details to display entry screen of Use
170. era to display recording video screen Off Do not use Quick launch Mi Focus mode Set focus controls The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Normal Single autofocus The camera automatically focuses on the center of the shooting screen Multi autofocus The camera automatically focuses on several points on the shooting screen For places which are focused on by tapping the shutter icon or shooting screen or pressing Ca white focus frames turn to blue Face detection Detect a face to focus P 176 Touch focus Tap an object on the shooting screen The focus frame moves onto the tapped place Object tracking The camera chases an object and focuses on it Exposure value Adjusting brightness with exposure value The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Normal Exposure value Drag the bar to adjust the exposure value HDR Set the high dynamic range function On Shoot with the high dynamic range imaging function Off Cancel the high dynamic range function Apps 166 Mi White balance Adjust the color balance to the light source The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Normal Auto Adjust the color balance automatically to the light source Incandescent Adjust the color balance for lighting like incandescent bulb bm Fluorescent Adjust the color balance for lighting like fluorescent Ba Day
171. eria For docomo home screen see Home screen P87 e For changing home application see Switching home application P 60 It appears when Preferred applications is set to Xperia in the initial settings Xf FOX4 5 PA May the maid ONTT DOCOMO Current home screen position e Flick the home screen left or right to switch Wallpaper Widget Clock 4 Widget Machi chara 6 Widget Google Search 6 Shortcuts applications Media folder Camera 1Seg FM radio Osaifu Keitai Application button Before Using the Terminal 49 Information e To change the initial home screen for operations switch the home screen you want to change to touch and hold the area of the screen where no icons are displayed then tap 4 Adding a home screen Up to 7 home screens can be displayed 4 Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed e Alternatively pinch in on the Home screen 2 Flick the Home screen left or right and tap E Information To return to the Home screen tap L a or GJ or tap any home screen To delete a home screen touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap hx When you added shortcuts widgets etc to the home screen tap b and tap Delete Adding a widget to the Home screen Widget is an application which can be added to the Home screen to use Use a widget and start an application easil
172. erminal and the PC are connected in Media transfer mode MTP on a Wi Fi network and you can exchange data files External device connection 254 Information From the Home screen tap and tap Settings Xperia USB Connectivity to display Host name PC name in the TRUSTED DEVICES field To cancel connection setting tap the host name and Forget Until Forget is tapped the connection setting retains even if you connect disconnect repeatedly by coming in and out of a Wi Fi area If the privacy separator function for Wi Fi network access point is enabled pair setting cannot be made Connecting to DLNA device Using Wi Fi function you can share media files with other client DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance devices Set Wi Fi connection P 203 with another client device in advance Setting Media server From the Home screen tap then tap Settings gt More Tap Media server settings e Media server settings screen appears You can set the following items SO 04E Change server name Share content Set to connect from a client device to the terminal via Wi Fi Rename the terminal server displayed on a client device PENDING Manage client devices waiting DEVICES access permissions REGISTERED Manage client devices registered to DEVICES the terminal Information On the Media server settings screen tap PB and Wi Fi settings to set Wi Fi connection Pla
173. ers and ICDs The radio waves from the terminal may affect the performance of electronic medical equipment Follow the instructions of each medical facility for the use of the terminal on their premises Contents Precautions 15 7 Material list 5 Surface Part Surface Battery pack contacts Copper alloy First nickel treatment plating Gold Exterior case side cover ul coating plating with glass aney peko CAE EN Exterior case back cover PC resin Urethan Batt k label DET yaa T a attery pack label PET resin Desktop holder upper ABS Exterior case headset PC resin Urethan case p uppe psen o cy a a Desktop holder lower ABS resin Exterior case microUSB PC resin Urethan case ae jack cover with glass coating Desktop holder lever POM resi Side panel PET resin Hard coating i Sas PC resin Desktop holder Phosphor Gold plating contacts b Transparent plate PC PMMA AR or SS camera resin esa esktop holder label Polyester ransparent plate flash resin Desktop holder rubber Polyester Transparent plate Glass PET Hard coating foot ieee display resin Desktop holder screws SWCH Decoration ring power Aluminum Anodic oxide key cover camera alloy coating Side keys power key Aluminum Anodic oxide volume key camera key Jalloy coating Mobacas 1Seg antenna PC resin cap with glass Mobacas 1Seg antenna SUS shaft top Mobacas 1Seg
174. es Set whether to zoom in out by tapping the screen 3 times Enlarge text size pressing O Speak passwords Output password by voice sound Set whether to allow activation of accessibility function from the pop up screen Text to speech output P 230 Touch amp hold delay Set response time for operation of touching and holding the screen Enhance web Set whether to install accessibility script from Google 1 When the terminal goes into sleep mode during a call with Power button ends call ON press to return from the sleep mode Note that pressing ends the call Accessibility shortcut Settings 236 2 Press and hold for over a second to display the pop up screen then touch and hold the screen with 2 fingers to use the accessibility function Information e When TalkBack is turned on for the first time a message asking if touch exploration function feature is enabled appears Touch exploration is a function that reads or displays an explanation for the item you tapped When touch exploration feature is enabled you can operate the terminal in the different way from the usual one To select an item tap it once and then double tap it To drag tap it once and double tap it then trace the screen to desired orientation without releasing the finger To turn off only Touch exploration from the Settings menu screen P 202 tap Accessibility gt TalkBack Settings then unmark Explore by t
175. espond when receive a request of location search Before Using the Terminal 40 Tap OK e Instruction guide for the Home screen appears Tap Do not show this again OK to display the Home screen Basic operations Information e To change the language later from the Home screen tap then tap Settings Language amp input Language To set functions from the Home screen tap then tap Settings docomo service Setup guide Go back to the previous screen Or Make sure that the data connection is available LTE close a dialog box an option 3G GPRS or Wi Fi network is connected before menu the Notification panel etc setting up online services For checking the connection status see Status icon P45 You can use the terminal without creating your Google account however the services such as Gmail Google Play etc are not available Go to the Home screen Touch and hold the icon and drag to OY to activate Lao TIY Y I L Shabette concier or Google application Display recently used applications in thumbnail list to activate or delete an application from the list P59 Also use or set small apps P59 In this manual each key icon operation is described with LSJ La J Lo Before Using the Terminal 41 E Drag Using the touch screen Touch the screen drag to the desired Precautions on using touch screen position and release the finger e Touch screen is
176. et into the adapter Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock Before cleaning remove the power plug from the power outlet or the cigarette lighter socket Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock Contents Precautions 14 5 Handling the docomo mini UIM card Do AN CAUTION Be careful ofthe cut surface when removing docomo mini UIM card Failure to do so may cause injury 6 Handling the terminal near electronic medical equipment Do Do WARNING If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator keep the terminal 15 cm or more away from the implant at all times The radio waves from the terminal may affect the performance of electronic medical equipment If you need to use electronic medical equipment other than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator outside medical facilities such as treating at home check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer whether the operation may be affected by radio waves The radio waves from the terminal may affect the performance of electronic medical equipment Do Do When you get close to other people within 15 cm just like not having enough space to turn around set the radio wave of the terminal to OFF beforehand Airplane mode to turn OFF etc A person in close proximity may put on implanted a medical electrical equipment such as pacemak
177. et up Wi Fi to connect to Wi Fi P203 Settings 219 Manage and delete installed applications display memory usage condition etc or change the settings Viewing permitted operation of the applications in the terminal You can check functions which are permitted to access to each application in the progress of performing such as network communication function or location information function of the terminal q Fromthe Settings screen P 202 tap Apps 2 Tapan application to view 3 Flick the screen up to view permitted operations Force quitting an application If a pop up window appears to indicate the application does not reply you can force quit the application From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps Tap an application to be force quitted 3 Tap Force stop 4 Read the notes and then tap OK Information e When you do not want to force quite the application tap Cancel and wait for a reply of the application Deleting all data of the application e Before deleting all installed application data back up contents related to the application that you want to save including data saved in the application From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps Tap an application to delete the data Tap Clear datal Read the notes and then tap OK O N Settings 220 Deleting installed application e Before deleting installed application back up contents related to the applicat
178. ete remove the USB plug of the microUSB cable from the USB port of the PC Before Using the Terminal 37 4 Remove the microUSB plug of the microUSB cable evenly from the Turning power on off terminal 5 Close the microUSB jack cover firmly press it and make sure that Press and hold for overa there are no gaps between the 1 second terminal and cover e The terminal vibrates and unlock screen Note appears after a while e Installation of an MTP driver to a PC is required when charging the battery with a Microsoft Windows XP PC because USB connection mode P 252 is set to Media transfer mode MTP by default Install Windows Media Player 10 or later to install an MTP driver e Check the connecting direction to connect correctly Wrong connection may cause damage Notification LED 2 Unlock the screen e For unlocking the screen by default see Unlocking the screen P39 Information e For the first time you turn on the terminal flick swipe up down the screen to unlock the screen and make initial settings For the initial settings see Initial settings P40 microUSB plug microUSB cable Before Using the Terminal 38 If you have activated the screen lock P 227 or SIM card lock P 227 unlock screen PIN code entry screen appears when turning power on For unlocking the screen lock see Unlocking the screen lock P228 and for PIN code entry see Enterin
179. ette eee eee eens 42 Scroll e ooooocmmmm 42 Swipe O O eae OO ON 42 Tap A dar NRW Sa ie we a E 42 Touch and hold 42 TrackID NN to eiveica es 55 Appendix Index 315 Troubleshooting RESETA EEEE ELEELEA EEE 267 Turning power on off ee eeeeseesesesssss 38 U Unlock screen o 39 Upgrade Android software 283 USB connection e e oooooo 37 251 USB keyboard A a 85 USB storage ela ico da rss lia iras ais 218 Format dad a a aa a 21 9 V Vibration s 43 120 125 197 215 Viewing pictures a Ge fee ere wee 181 Voice input si isk ei 02 se Se we fos aro wee see were ee a 61 62 79 Voice mailservice ssc rete ttt ees 106 Voice search a as Se 61 VPN car 208 W WALKMAN RS A aiah one 53 Wallpaper ss rerreeee sees eee o 51 93 Waterproofness Dustproofness 24 Web browser eane leis a is ic see oie 1 31 Adding a tab Tere ee eee ee des sais 132 Bookmark ie elaine iene eras At E eas wl eerie 1 34 Closing E E terior 1 33 Copying text o ccccrorrrrrrrrrarcnom 133 Going back to the previous page 132 History AA a ada 1 35 Link a a as 1 34 Moving ERAS A A ee ee ee ee ee 1 31 New incognito tab e coommomo 132 Opening i i i ee i ea 131 Searching 4 mo 133 Setting home pagess sore rere se ce mo 134 Settings DIA AAA a EA E EEE 1 33 Switching tabs e 132 Zooming in out crt cette ttt ete 133 White
180. ffect or Sweep Panorama a setting item icon cannot be replaced or deleted or capturing mode icons P 161 displayed on the shooting screen cannot be moved or deleted Still camera setting M Scenes Use Scenes to quickly set up the camera for various scene conditions The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Scene selection Soft skin Shoot a picture making human skin look smoother Soft snap Settings are optimized to give brighter and warmer skin tones Anti motion blur Reduce blur without flash when taking portraits indoors MN Landscape Shoot landscape depicting trees with vivid color and focusing on distant objects Backlight correction HDR Correct backlight with the high dynamic range imaging function Night portrait Suitable for shooting persons against the nightscape background Due to long exposure time be careful not to shake camera Apps 163 Night scene Shoot a crisp and clear night scene Due to long exposure time be careful not to shake camera Hand held twilight Shoot a crisp and clear night scene reducing noise Ed High sensitivity Reduce blur without flash even when shooting under poor lighting condition Gourmet Shoot clear images making food look delicious EJ Pet Suitable for shooting pets Beach Reconstruct beach scene brightly and vividly EJ Snow Reconstruct snow scene brightly and vividly Party Shoot an indoor picture creatin
181. fication Settings 204 Scanning for Wi Fi networks manually e You need to turn on the Wi Fi setting beforehand P 203 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap BH and Scan e Scanning Wi Fi networks starts 3 Select a Wi Fi network in the list to connect Adding a Wi Fi network manually e You need to turn on the Wi Fi setting beforehand P 203 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap EN and enter a network SSID of the Wi Fi network you want to add 3 Tap Security setting item and tap a security type of the Wi Fi network you want to add e 4 options None WEP WPA WPA2 PSK or 802 1x EAP appear 4 If required enter security information for the Wi Fi network you want to add 5 Tap Save Viewing detailed information ona connected Wi Fi network q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap the Wi Fi network that is currently connected e The detailed network information is displayed Information In Step 1 tap IB then tap Advanced to enable disable Auto IP support or check MAC address and IP address Mark Avoid poor connections to use LTE WCDMA GSM network mode when Wi Fi radio waves are weak or communication quality is bad Changing Wi Fi sleep policy You can choose to disable the Wi Fi function in the terminal when the screen backlight turns off You can also set the terminal to always turn on the Wi Fi function or to a
182. fications P 214 or turning the volume up by pressing upper part of cancels silent mode Before Using the Terminal 43 You can save the current displayed screen as an image screenshot q Onthe screen you want to capture press and hold and lower part of for over a second at the same time e Screenshot is captured and M appears in the status bar Information e You can also capture a screenshot by pressing and holding for over a second and then tapping Take screenshot e Drag the status bar downwards and tap Screenshot captured on the Notification panel to check captured images in the Album application Tap Share to attach captured images to an application to send or to share them Share may not appear depending on notification status on the Notification panel but it appears when pinching out on the Notification panel When a checkbox radio button is displayed besides a setting item mark or unmark a checkbox radio button to switch on off for the setting vy Switch on off the setting for a checkbox D E Switch on off the setting for a radio button CS O Tap or drag left or right to switch on off the setting Before Using the Terminal 44 Notification LED Notification LED provides information on the terminal status incoming calls mail reception etc Indicate that the battery level is 14 or less while the battery is being charged Indicate that the battery leve
183. fied software key operation When silent mode is ON ringtone volume does not increase Set ringtones operation sound vibrator etc e For silent mode see Setting silent mode P43 4 From the Settings screen P 202 Clear Phase Set sound quality optimized for tap Sound gt Volumes the built in speaker e Adjust the volume of following items Set audio playback level Music video games amp other media enhancement technology Ringtone amp notifications xLOUD to enjoy powerful Alarms sounds with the built in speaker when playing WALKMAN 2 __ Drag the slider to the right or left YouTube Album etc e Drag the slider to the left for volume down orto the right for volume up Phone ringtone P215 3 Tap OK Increasing Set whether to increase ringtone ringtone volume gradually when there is Information an incoming call e Even if alarm volume is set in Volumes Alarm Vibrate when P215 volume P 197 set in Alarm amp clock app is given ringing priority Default P215 notification sound Adjusting each sound volume Settings 214 Adjusting the ringtone volume with the volume key From the Home screen press up or down of e The volume adjustment bar appears you can adjust the volume up or down Information e You can also press or to mute the ringtone for an incoming call Setting a ringtone notification sound q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Sound gt
184. ftware keyboard e When you select an application from the search result the application is activated Information e When a Google account is set the Google Now screen may appear in Step 1 Follow the onscreen instructions e Tap on the software keyboard to input a search word by voice typing with docomo voice input or Google voice typing Using Google Voice Search Enter a search word by voice q From the Home screen tap on the Google search widget 2 Speak a search word to the microphone e Search results appear Search settings You can set to use for search box or set search objectives in the terminal From the Home screen tap O then tap Google e The software keyboard appears Tap Y Before Using the Terminal 61 Tap and Settings e Google search setting screen appears You can set the following items Set location information service to on to check weather information for the current location traffic information directions Voice You can change language and settings for voice search Phone search Change the search range by marking unmarking data categories Chrome Email File Commander OfficeSuite Play Books Play Movies amp TV WALKMAN Apps docomo phonebook Browser Messaging Contacts in the terminal Set whether to display search options from Web history when a search word is entered or delete a search history for contents or applications in the terminal
185. g a home page Set home page for opening new tab J On the Browser screen tap g then tap Settings General You can check history save bookmarks etc 9 Tap Set homepage to selectan Bookmarking a web page item you want to set as home page q On the Browser screen display the web page you want to bookmark Operating links 2 TAP Eh and Save to ome Set label etc and tap OK Open the web page you want to 3 e You can set the following options operate the links 2 Tap a link Set a name displayed to the bookmark information sinke highligntedand mevedolinked Address Set address to be saved as a bookmark When you set a Google account etc and web page sync with the browser you can select the account as a bookmark saving location When you touch and hold a link a link including images or an image Open Open in new tab Save link Copy link URL Save image View image Set Home screen or create a folder as wallpaper and Share link appear When you download a file by Save link from websites which require Basic authentication or SSL session the downloading may be failed Browser recognizes some phone numbers that allow you to call the phone number Tap the phone number to call Mail Web browser 134 Opening a bookmark q On the Browser screen tap Bl and Bookmarks 2 Tap the bookmark you want to open Information e Touch and hold a bookmark to edit
186. g a video e Even when Touch capture is set to On pressing A J starts stops recording a video Data storage Set the saving location for recorded videos E Internal storage Save recorded videos in the internal storage SD card Save recorded videos in a microSD card Information e For available setting items when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Front video see Front camera P 175 e Some settings cannot be used in combination with one another Front camera allows you to shoot your own picture or video while watching the shooting screen Press and hold LA for over a second e The shooting screen P160 appears Tap on the shooting recording screen Shoot photo video e For information on how to shoot see Shooting still pictures P161 or Recording videos P 170 Information Alternatively on the shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Front camera Front video to switch to the Front camera Front video camera For using Front camera Self timer Smile Shutter Geotagging Preview Auto upload Touch capture Data storage can be set Other Still camera setting P 163 are not supported by Front camera Resolution for Front camera is VGA The resolution cannot be changed Some settings take over the camera settings set at the time when switching Apps 175 e For using Front video camera Video resolution
187. g good atmosphere of indoor lighting Due to long exposure time be careful not to shake camera Sports To shoot fast moving object shorten exposure time to minimize motion blurring Document Use for shooting text or graphics It allows to capture a clear bright and easy to read text ES Fireworks Shoot a crisp and clear images of fireworks Due to long exposure time be careful not to shake camera Resolution Set the resolution for shooting An image with a higher resolution requires more memory 13M 12M 13 megapixel 4128x3096 or 12 megapixel 3920x2940 image size with 4 3 aspect ratio Suitable for viewing on a normal size screen or printing in high resolution When you set the capturing mode P 161 to any of the followings the resolution is set to 12M e Superior auto e Normal when HDR is set to On e Scene selection when Backlight correction HDR is set 9M 9 megapixel 39202204 image size with 16 9 aspect ratio A high resolution wide screen format Suitable for viewing on a normal size screen or printing in high resolution Apps 164 5M 5 megapixel 2592X1944 image size with 4 3 aspect ratio Suitable for viewing on normal size screen 2M 2 megapixel 19201080 image size with 16 9 aspect ratio Suitable for viewing on wide screen VGA VGA format 640480 with 4 3 aspect ratio Flash Set the flash to light or not when lighting conditions are poor or in backli
188. g silent mode P43 Declining a call When receiving a call drag right to ES left Information e Even if the screen lock is set you can reject a call by the same operation e If you reject an incoming call during use of Voice Mail Service the call is connected to the Voice Mail service center Phone 101 Declining an incoming call and sending a message SMS When you cannot answer a call you can reject the call and send a message SMS Message to send is registered in advance and you can edit it if necessary Taro DOCOMO Mobile 080 XXXX XXXX 4 Drag PES upwards when receiving a call 2 Tapa message to send e The message SMS is sent to the caller Information e While Voice Mail service is in use a call is rejected and a message SMS is sent then the caller is connected to the Voice Mail service center e To create a new message to send when receiving a call drag PS up and tap Write new message to create a message and send To edit a message from the Home screen tap SJ and then tap Call settings Reject call with message to select and edit an existing message then tap OK You can making a call or receiving a call with Wireless Stereo Headset Sample connecting to the terminal e For connecting with Wireless Stereo Headset etc see Using Wireless Stereo Headset P156 E Making a call 1 Make a call with Wireless Stereo Headset connected e You can make a cal
189. g the PIN code when powered on P227 Press and hold for overa second 2 Tap Power off 3 Tap OK Information Press for over a second and then touch and hold Power off and tap OK to restart the terminal in safe mode For safe mode see The terminal operation is unstable P 269 When the screen lock is set the screen backlight turns off You can avoid the touch screen or key from false operations e The screen is locked with turning the screen backlight off after the specified time duration 4 Press OF Information e For setting time after the backlight turns off until the screen lock activates see Adjusting the idle time before the screen turns off P 217 Unlock screen appears when turning the power on or the backlight on by pressing q On the unlock screen tap information On the unlock screen tap to activate LoT IVY I L Shabette concier or Google application On the unlock screen tap BM to activate the camera Alternatively drag 5 left to activate the camera For setting a method to cancel the screen lock see Setting screen unlock method P228 and for changing the method see Changing screen unlock method P228 The screen lock can be disabled For details see Canceling screen lock P229 When Preferred applications is set to Xperia applications or Set all to or Lock screen is set to Xperia in Preferred apps settings flic
190. ge mode MSC SD card connected appears in the status bar of the terminal The terminal is displayed on the PC screen as a removable disc You can access the microSD card External device connection 251 Install PC Companion by tapping Install on the PC Companion software screen to perform software update of the terminal on the connected PC P285 Information e Screen that appears when connecting to a PC may vary depending on the operating system OS of a Also you can use the following applications for PC on l managing media files making backup files etc by connecting to a PC For details check PC Companion screen after installation From the Home screen tap and tap Settings Xperia USB Connectivity to check connection mode and change the settings as follows Support Zone Update software of the terminal by Display PC Companion installation eee wizard when connected to a PC Contacts Setup Copy the contacts data of the P 285 mobile phone previously used to the terminal USB connection Switch USB connection mode to mode Media transfer mode MTP Mass storage mode MSC when Synchronize phonebook or calendar connecting to a PC between a PC or Google and the Connect the terminal and a host terminal device in a pair via Wi Fi network Back up amp Back up the terminal data or move P 254 Restore the data to another terminal e When you connect the terminal to a PC switching Fil
191. ght Auto Turn on the flash automatically according to the brightness Fill flash Always turn on the flash regardless of the brightness Red eye reduction Reduce red eye effect caused by the flash Off The flash does not turn on e Sometimes turning off the flash improves still picture quality When you do not turn on the flash use the self timer to avoid blurring still picture Mi Self timer Shoot when a set time elapses after the shutter icon or shooting screen is tapped or a is pressed Use it to shoot self portraits or group pictures where everyone can be in the picture You can also use the self timer to avoid camera shake On 10 sec Shutter clicks 10 seconds after tapping or pressing LJ On 2 sec Shutter clicks 2 seconds after tapping or pressing La Off Shutter clicks right after tapping or pressing a Smile Shutter Shoot faces at the moment they smile P 177 EH Big smile Shoot when a big smile is detected Average smile Shoot when a smile is detected Small smile Shoot when a smile is detected Off Cancel smile detection function Apps 165 Mi Quick launch Set behavior when using Quick launch P 176 Launch and capture Activate the camera to shoot a picture immediately KA Launch only still camera Activate the camera to display shooting screen Launch and record movie Activate the camera to record a video immediately Launch only movie camera Activate the cam
192. gned keys Flick input or toggle input is used for character entry Icon Function The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alphabet Display a pop up menu landscape screen and Kanji handwriting input a Hide the software keyboard Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard E Display the extensions list Two byte BB One byte Switch character mode E Display the phonepad keyboard E Display the QWERTY keyboard E Display the Japanese syllabary Change size and location of software keyboard except for landscape keyboard screen and Kanji handwriting input EJ Display the Kana handwritin E Hide the software keyboard a co 000 68 BE software e a e keyboard switch E Display the Kanji handwritin m E Nalenatenve tg The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alohabet gt Number Before Using the Terminal 65 Icon Function Icon Function a a Enter one byte two byte symbols from Enter characters by voice input with docomo voice input or Google voice facemarks from the displayed list a typing A candidate list appears Tap a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are character string you want to enter also displayed when entering in sp Display the available extensions list mode mail Appears before fixing character in Hiragana Kanji input mode It displays Display the previous character opposite alphanumeric or kat
193. h 2 Tap the other party s Bluetooth device 2 Tap Ed in a Bluetooth device name e When sending is complete a message to unpair and tap Unpair e Connection disconnects and the pair setting is canceled Information e For instructions on sending from the docomo phonebook application see Sending phonebook via Bluetooth Email Gmail P 115 e For instructions on sending from Album application see Sharing image files P 182 indicating that the data is sent appears e Turn the Bluetooth function on before pairing with the other party s Bluetooth device Receiving data via Bluetooth function 1 Send data from a Bluetooth device BH appears on the status bar 2 Drag the status bar downwards and tap Bluetooth share Incoming file gt Accept e When receiving is complete a message indicating that the data is received appears Datacommunication 248 Using NFC communication You can send receive data to from a device with NFC such as a mobile phone If you use the one touch function with a Sony product with NFC simple operations allow you to send or receive images music photos or videos taken with the terminal e Enable NFC Reader Writer P2P function in advance P 249 e Place 2 mobile phones in parallel position and point 2 marks to each other Do not move them until sending receiving is complete e Operations to send receive and available data to send receive depen
194. h Bolivia Spanish Honduras Spanish Mexico Slovak Serbian Czech German Turkish Norwegian Hungarian Finnish French Bulgarian Hebrew word Israel Polish Portuguese Brazil Portuguese Portugal Latin Malay Romanian Russian English United States English United Kingdom English India English Australia English Canada English New Zealand English South Africa English standard Chinese standard Taiwan Traditional Chinese standard Hong Kong Simplified Chinese Cantonese Hong Kong Traditional Tap About phone gt Legal information gt Certificates Appendix Index 291 Specific Absorption Rate of Mobile Phone etc Mobile phone GSM GPRS EDGE 850 900 1800 1900 8 UMTS HSPA B1 5 6 19 amp LTE B1 19 21 This model SO 04E mobile phone complies with Japanese technical regulations and international guidelines regarding exposure to radio waves This mobile phone was designed in observance of Japanese technical regulations regarding exposure to radio waves and limits to exposure to radio waves recommended by a set of equivalent international guidelines This set of international guidelines was set out by the International Commission on Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP which is in collaboration with the World Health Organization WHO and the permissible limits include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons regardless of age and health conditi
195. h Headset in positions where it is uncomfortable or will be subject to pressure Appendix Index 296 E Children Warning Keep out of reach of children Do not allow children to ad play with mobile phones or accessories They could hurt themselves or others Products may contain small parts that can be detached and create a choking hazard Power supply Charger Connect the charger to power sources as marked on the product Do not use outdoors or in damp areas Do not alter or subject the cord to damage or stress Unplug the unit before cleaning it Never alter the plug If it does not fit into the outlet have a proper outlet installed by an electrician When a power supply is connected there is a small drain of power To avoid this small energy waste disconnect the power supply when the product is fully charged Use of charging devices that are not Sony Mobile Communications AB branded may pose increased safety risks E Battery New or idle batteries can have short term reduced capacity Fully charge the battery before initial use Use for the intended purpose only Charge the battery in temperatures between 5 C 41 F and 35 C 95 F Do not put the battery into your mouth Do not let the battery contacts touch another metal object Turn off the product before removing the battery Performance depends on temperatures signal strength usage patterns features selected and voice or data transmissions Only Sony
196. h as movies still images and sounds recorded using the terminal are prohibited by the copyright law from use without consent of the copyright holders unless intended for personal use or any other purpose permitted by law Also using or transformation of other person s portrait or name without his or her permission may violate the portrait right When you present recorded images or sounds in a public place such as on an Internet home page make sure to be aware of the copyright and portrait right Note that some performances shows and exhibitions may not allow photography movie shooting or sound recording even for personal use Transmission of images related to copyright or beyond the scope provided in the copyright law is not available individuals around you when taking and sending photos using camera equipped mobile phones If you cause the public any trouble using the terminal you may be punished under law or regulations for example nuisance prevention ordinance g Please be considerate of the privacy of Note on Sweep Panorama In the following cases Sweep Panorama does not work properly Shooting a moving object Shooting the main object that is too close to the camera Shooting an object with repetition of the same pattern such as a sky beach grass etc Shooting a big object Shooting an object with constantly changing pattern such as a wave waterfall etc If shooting angle does not reach the r
197. he right upper part of the Kana handwriting input screen For punctuation mark and lower case enter in the lower part from the center of the Kana handwriting input For entering alphabet enter it with reference to lower horizontal line of the Kana handwriting input screen You can input Hiragana Kanji Katakana Alphabet Number a part of symbols by tracing characters on Kanji handwriting area without switching input mode Icon Function Display a pop up menu Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard FES Display the extensions list Two byte A One byte Switch character mode E Hide the software keyboard 000 8 4 G8 software keyboard switch Enter one byte two byte symbols from the displayed list Switch the tab to enter facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail The Kana handwriting input guide in the POBox Touch User Guide Japanese activates You can view the detailed explanations for the handwriting input When inputting character activate online dictionary to display in conversion candidates Before Using the Terminal 75 Icon Function Enter characters by voice input with docomo voice input or Google voice typing A candidate list appears Tap a character string you want to enter Display the available extensions list When no character is entered or after entered character is fixed a sp
198. he status bar Pairing the terminal and Wireless 5 Bluetooth gt Tap Search for Stereo Headset devices mo e A list of detected Bluetooth devices E To pair using the Bluetooth function appears 1 Slide up the power switch of 6 Tap SBH20 Wireless Stereo Headset sample e If the entry of pass key is prompted e Wireless Stereo Headset is turned on enter 0000 e When the notification LED of Wireless ar Stereo Headset lights red the battery is E To pair using the NFC function low Charge Wireless Stereo Headset 4 Turn on Wireless Stereo Headset Use AC Adapter 04 optional for han 2 From the Home screen tap O then tap Settings gt More 3 NFC Osaifu Keitai Play Call key settings gt Reader Writer P2P gt OK e Reader Writer P2P and Android Beam are marked Nmark e NFC Reader Writer P2P function is enabled and N appears in the status bar Notification LED Power switch Press down the Play Call key of Wireless Stereo Headset until the notification LED flashes blue Apps 157 4 Facethe N mark on Wireless Stereo Headset and the 5 mark each other e Ifa confirmation screen for pairing appears tap Yes Information e Ifa call is received when using Wireless Stereo Headset music or 15eg program stops and the ringtone sounds Ifa call is received while using Media Player playing music resumes by tapping the play key on the Media Player screen after the call ends
199. he terminal becomes high while using the display may become darker It is not abnormal Appendix Index 270 E Sound During a voice call the distant party s voice is hard to listen to or too loud e Check if the listening volume is changed gt P 104 Ml Display data Images or ringtones set in each feature do not work and the terminal operates in the default data e Is the inserted docomo mini UIM card the same one that is set when the images or ringtones are obtained E Mail Mail is not received automatically e Check if you set Inbox check frequency in Account settings to Manual gt P 125 E Camera Still images and video taken with the camera are blurred e Check if clouds or dirt attach to the lens of camera e To shoot a portrait image use the face detection function P 176 e Shoot using shake reducing function gt P 168 P 174 e Use Superior auto for the capturing mode gt P 161 E 1Seg Watching 1Seg is unavailable e Are you out of terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area or in a place where airwave is weak e Is channel set gt P 150 Mi Osaifu Keitai Osaifu Keitai function is unavailable e When removing the battery pack or activating Omakase Lock Osaifu Keitai functions are unavailable regardless ofthe NFC Osaifu Keitai lock settings e Check if NFC Osaifu Keitai is locked P 141 e Check if you place 4 mark of the terminal over an IC card reader gt P 14 E International ro
200. heck with automobile manufacturer or dealer to determine how the device is affected by radio waves before using In rare cases using the phone in some vehicle models can cause the vehicle s electronic equipment to malfunction In that case stop using the terminal immediately The use of the terminal may cause itching rashes eczema or other symptoms depending on the user s physical condition Immediately stop using and get medical treatment in such a case For material of each part gt P16 Material list When watching the display take a certain distance from the display in a fully bright place Failure to do so may reduce visual acuity 3 Handling battery pack E Check that the battery type matches the type displayed on the battery pack label Display Type of Battery Lithium lon Battery Don t Don t Don t Don t Do N DANGER Do not connect a wire or other metal objects to the jack And do not carry or store the terminal with objects like a metal necklace Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak Check the orientation of the battery pack to attach to the terminal and do not try to force the battery pack onto the terminal if you are having trouble attaching it Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak Do not throw the terminal into fire Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak Do not stick a nail into the terminal hit it w
201. hen On screen keyboard settings Mark Auto scrolling to display a gray area on the right of Kanji handwriting input Input characters to the area to scroll the input area to the left automatically When you unmark Auto scrolling tap D on the Kanji handwriting input screen to scroll the input area For voiced semi voiced sound mark enter in the upper part from the Kanji handwriting input screen For punctuation mark and lower case enter in the lower part from the center of the Kanji handwriting input screen Tap an icon at the upper left of entered character to display candidates for the entered character Character displayed in blue is the recognized Color displayed below conversion candidate indicates a character type Green means Hiragana yellow means Kanji orange means Katakana dark blue means Alphabet purple means number and light blue means symbol When entering 2 or more characters and tapping an icon at the upper left KEY appears Tap E to combine entered 2 characters to 1 character Before Using the Terminal 76 e When entering characters tap R to delete entered a characters Setting character entry For each input method you can make Editing text settings related to character entry In the character entry screen such as phonebook mail etc double tap text you 1 want to edit so that text edit menu appears at the top of the screen Drag 6 or to change the character string to select 2 Tap ES on Google voice ty
202. i UIM card is not recognized e Check if the docomo mini UIM card is attached in the right direction P 32 The clock is not on time e The clock time may become wrong while turning on the power for a long time Check if Automatic date amp time and Automatic time zone are set to on and turn the power off and on in a place with strong radio wave conditions P 235 The terminal operation is unstable e Instability may be caused by applications that you installed after purchasing the terminal If the symptom is improved when you boot the terminal in safe mode near default state uninstalling the installed application may improve the symptom To boot the terminal in safe mode press and hold for over a second with the terminal OFF until XPERIA logo appears and then touch and hold at the bottom When safe mode is booted Safe mode is displayed at the lower left of the screen To exit the safe mode turn power OFF and then ON With the power on press for over a second then touch and hold Power off and tap OK to restart the terminal in Safe mode Back up the necessary data before using safe mode Appendix Index 269 Some widgets that you created may be removed Safe mode is not a normal booting state To use ordinarily exit the safe mode Applications cannot be operated properly applications cannot be activated or errors occur frequently e Are there any applications being disabled Enabl
203. ication lines are busy O SIM card is locked Enter your PIN code P 226 correctly SIM card is PUK locked Enter your PUK Personal Unblocking Key P 227 correctly O PIN lock disable code is locked PIN lock disable code is locked Please contact a docomo Shop O The phone storage is full There is no memory space Delete log information etc in Browser P 135 or unnecessary applications P 221 to obtain memory space O Memory full There is no memory space in the microSD card Delete unnecessary data P 241 to save the memory space Appendix Index 274 2 From the Home screen tap O AY hKIstYVOALAD then tap ERY 1R h Remote Mi h Smartphone Anshin ma use for the first time agree to Remote Support YI ROI TRA ts License By sharing screens of your terminal with NTT Agreement DOCOMO you can receive technical support en 2 TT to make settings in Japanese only 3 DERRY h KOR RHEE Go to This service is not available when your Remote support connection docomo mini UIM card is not inserted during shape il ial Agree p international roaming or in Airplane mode Enter connection number notified e Smartphone Anshin Remote Support is a by DOCOMO service requiring subscription 5 Remote support starts when you e Some operations and settings are not are connected supported e For details on Smartphone Anshin Remote Support referto NTT DOCOMO website 4 Call 2Y 731560 H Ney
204. ictures P 178 Sweep Panorama Shoot panoramic image with wide angle P 178 Scene selection Set programmed scenes P 163 Front camera Shoot pictures using the front camera Pava Front video Record videos using the front camera P 175 Tap the shutter icon or shooting screen or use the camera key LA J to shoot still pictures Shot still pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage or a microSD card q Press and hold A for overa second e The shooting screen P160 appears Apps 161 E Shooting with the shutter icon Tap on the shooting recording screen e To shoot still pictures using auto focus function touch and hold and release your finger when the focus frame turns blue and sound beeps A picture is shot as soon as you release the finger If the focus frame does not appear auto focus does not operate correctly E Shooting with Touch capture Set Touch capture then tap around a displayed frame on the shooting screen e To set Touch capture on the recording screen tap Bg then tap Touch capture gt On e To shoot still pictures using auto focus function tap the screen and release your finger and then the focus frame turns blue and a picture is shot If the focus frame does not appear auto focus does not operate correctly E Using the camera key La Press 11 on the shooting screen e Even when Touch capture P169 is set to On pressing
205. ies allocated to the index character Index e Display the index character to search entries in the order of Japanese syllabary alphabet etc 43 Search Adding a new phonebook entry q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap Register e When you set a Google account etc you can select that account as a registration account 2 Onthe Edit profile screen enter necessary information such as name e Tap Add to add items to register Tap in Others other items to register can be displayed 3 Tap Save Information e To check the number of registered data in the phonebook from the phonebook list screen tap then tap Others About When you save Phonetic name first last phonebook list is displayed according to Japanese syllabary order or alphabets order of Phonetic name If you enter First name Last name in Kanji without entering Phonetic name to add phonebook entry the name appear in ABC field on the phonebook list screen If docomo account is selected as saving location when registering phonebook entries SNS Blog accounts can be set To set default phone number or mail address from multiple phone numbers or mail addresses on the Profile screen touch and hold a phone number or mail address then tap Make default number Make default address Phone number or mail address which is set as default is marked on the right To cancel the setting on the Profile screen touch and hold phone
206. ifu Keitai P138 settings Using the Wi Fi function you can connect to an access point for your home company network or public wireless LAN services to use mail and Internet e Even when Wi Fi is on packet communication is available However while you connect Wi Fi network Wi Fi comes first e When a Wi Fi network is disconnected connection is automatically switched to a LTE WCDMA GSM network mode Note that packet communication charge may be applied if network connection stays switched e Turn the Wi Fi function to off when you do not use Wi Fi to cut battery power consumption e Ifyou start Wi Fi connection while using Wi Fi Direct function P 206 or during Screen mirroring P 216 Wi Fi Direct function Screen mirroring is terminated Settings 202 Before using Wi Fi To use Wi Fi function turn on Wi Fi and search available Wi Fi network then connect it e To access the Internet using Wi Fi function connect to Wi Fi network in advance Information Make sure to receive signal strong enough for using Wi Fi function The signal strength of the Wi Fi network varies by the location of the terminal Moving closer to the Wi Fi router might improve the signal reception Mi Reception interference caused by Bluetooth devices Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN IEEE802 11b g n devices use the same frequency band 2 4GH7 If you use Bluetooth devices near a wireless LAN device reception interference may occur
207. ile receiving a call drag Japan 7 1 left to EX right 1 eee een tap 2 When the call is finished tap End en tap Dial tab call 2 Enter a phone number information e To make a call to land line phone enter E the area code city code other party s e When you received a call during the international Y poe roaming regardless of which country the call is from phone number it is forwarded internationally from Japan A caller is charged for a call fee to Japan and the receiver is 3 Tap MN charged for a reception fee 4 When the call is finished tap End call When the other party uses international roaming service make a call as an international call to Japan even when you stay in the same country as the other party International roaming 263 Ml Having the other party call you Having someone make a call from Japan to the country you stay To have the other party make a call from a land line phone or mobile phone in Japan to the terminal in the country you stay the other party only needs to dial the phone number as in Japan Having someone make a call from other than Japan to the country you stay You have to receive a call through Japan no matter where you are therefore the other party needs to enter the international call access code and 81 Country code of Japan International access code 81 90 or 80 XXXX XXXX International roaming settings Make settings for using internation
208. image or subtitle You cannot exit 1Seg even if you tap L to return to the Home screen If 1Seg remains activated the battery may be consumed quickly To exit 1Seg tap while watching 1Seg e It may take a time to acquire image data or broadcasted data when you activate 1Seg or change channels due to characteristic of digital broadcasting e According to the airwave condition image or sound may be interrupted or stopped e f the terminal receives a call while watching 1Seg 1Seg pauses and resumes after the call ends Watching data broadcasting For data broadcasting you can view various information by following the onscreen instructions Information e To watch data broadcasting call charge or packet communication charge is not required If you use additional services of data broadcasting etc via packet communication packet communication charge is applied You can set 1Seg watching screen data broadcasting and initialize Using optional menu You can record 1Seg switch caption display etc On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB Program guide Display a program guide P155 Apps 151 Recorded programs Display recorded file list Saving channels in the current P 155 location reservation iat dll Available channels vary depending on the watching programs or display failed reservation list area broadcasting service area you are P154 using in Eo AA AE P 150 tap I
209. ing Sweep Panorama Set Sweep Panorama point the camera at the object Apps 178 2 Shoota still picture e For information on how to shoot pictures see Shooting still pictures P161 e A white frame and big black frame appear on the shooting screen 3 Aligning the white frame with the black frame slowly move the camera from left to right e Ifyou change shooting direction slowly move the camera in the set direction e Shot pictures are saved automatically in the internal storage or a microSD card Information e For shooting with Sweep Panorama always hold the camera horizontally Use Burst to shoot a series of images Setting continuous shoot 1 2 Press and hold _ for over a second e The shooting screen P160 appears On the shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Burst Tap EM ES to set Burst speed P169 or Photo light P 169 Shooting continuously 1 2 Set Burst and point the camera to an object Press and hold amp for over a second e Pictures are continuously shot while a J is pressed e Alternatively touch and hold the shutter icon to shoot continuously Pictures are continuously shot while the shutter icon is touched and held e Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage or a microSD card Information e Touch capture P 162 is not available while Burst is set Apps 179 Playing multimedia co
210. ini UIM card It is set 0000 at the subscription They can be changed by yourself PIN code is a 4 to 8 digit security number code that must be entered for user confirmation to prevent unauthorized use of docomo mini UIM card by a third party every time you insert the docomo mini UIM card into the terminal or when the terminal is powered on Entering the PIN code enables making receiving calls and terminal operation e If you use a newly purchased terminal with docomo mini UIM card you have been using use the PIN code set on the former terminal If you did not change the setting the code is 0000 e If you enter a wrong PIN code 3 times consecutively the PIN code is locked and cannot be used anymore In this case unlock with Personal Unblocking Key PUK code P227 Settings 226 Personal Unblocking Key PUK code The PUK code is an 8 digit number for canceling the locked PIN code The PUK code cannot be changed by yourself e If you failed to enter PUK code 10 times consecutively the docomo mini UIM card is locked Please contact a docomo Shop Enabling SIM card lock By setting PIN security code and entering PIN code when powered on you can protect the docomo mini UIM card from improper use q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security gt Set up SIM card lock gt Lock SIM card Enter PIN code and tap OK e Lock SIM card is marked Information e You can unlock SIM card lock b
211. injury or electric shock For waterproof see gt P24 Waterproofness Dustproofness Q Use a battery pack and an adapter specified by NTT DOCOMO for the terminal Do Failure to do so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Contents Precautions 8 Don t Don t Don t O AN WARNING Do not subject the equipment to excessive force or throw it Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Do not allow the contacts for the desktop holder the microUSB jack or headset jack to touch conducting foreign substances a piece of metal pencil lead etc Never allow these objects to get inside Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Do not cover or wrap the equipment with a cloth or bedding in use or while charging Doing so may cause fire or burns Power off the terminal before you step into a place where flammable gas can leak such as gas stations Stop charging ifyou charge the battery Gas may catch fire When using Osaifu Keitai in a place such as a gas station turn OFF the terminal before using it When NFC Osaifu Keitai lock is activated deactivate it before turning OFF the terminal O O J O T O O If you notice anything unusual about the equipment such as an unusual odor overheating discoloration or deformation during operation charging or storage immediately perform the following measures e Remove the power plug from th
212. ion LED for charging see Notification LED P45 When charging is complete remove the power plug of the AC adapter from the power outlet Remove the microUSB plug of the AC adapter evenly from the terminal Close the microUSB jack cover firmly press it and make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and cover Before Using the Terminal 36 Note ChargingwithaPC e Check the connecting direction to connect correctly Wrong connection may cause damage When using Micro USB Cable 01 optional for Notification LED charging do the following procedures e For opening closing microUSB jack cover see To ensure waterproofness dustproofness P 25 4 Hook the groove on the microUSB jack cover of the terminal to open the cover and insert the microUSB plug of the microUSB cable straight into the microUSB jack of the terminal with the symbol side facing up 2 Insert the USB plug of the Charging with DC adapter microUSB cable into a USB port of a PC DC Adapter 03 optional supplies power e Notification LED lights on the terminal from a car cigarette lighter socket 12 V 24 V For the notification LED for charging For details refer to the DC Adapter 03 see Notification LED P45 optional manual e When PC Companion software screen appears on the terminal tap Skip e When a screen for new hardware detection etc appears on the PC select Y Jl Cancel 3 When the charging is compl
213. ion before enabling Bluetooth or WLAN functionality even in Flight mode Malware Malware short for malicious software is software that can harm the mobile phone or other computers Malware or harmful applications can include viruses worms spyware and other unwanted programs While the device does employ security measures to resist such efforts Sony Mobile Communications AB does not warrant or represent that the device will be impervious to the introduction of malware You can however reduce the risk of malware attacks by using care when downloading content or accepting applications refraining from opening or responding to messages from unknown sources using trustworthy services to access the Internet and only downloading content to the mobile phone from known reliable sources Mi Accessories Use only Sony Mobile Communications AB branded original accessories and certified service partners Sony Mobile Communications AB does not test third party accessories Accessories may influence RF exposure radio performance loudness electric safety and other areas Third party accessories and parts may pose a risk to your health or safety or decrease performance Disposal of old electrical and ED y electronic equipment N Electronic equipment and batteries should not be included as household waste but should be left at an appropriate collection point for recycling This helps prevent potential negative consequences for the
214. ion that you want to save including data saved in the application e Some applications cannot be deleted From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps Tap an application to be deleted Tap Uninstall Tap OK Information e Some applications pre installed in the terminal cannot be uninstalled For some applications which cannot be uninstalled disabling is possible P221 e Applications downloaded from Play Store are recommended to be deleted from the Google Play screen P138 e Applications can also be deleted from the Application screen For details see Uninstalling an application P 95 BON Disabling application You can disable some applications which cannot be uninstalled or services Disabled applications are not displayed on the Application screen and you cannot execute them but they are not uninstalled From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps 2 Flick the screen to the left to display All tab 3 Tapan application to be disabled A Tap Disable 5 Read the notes and then tap OK e To enable again tap Enable Information e When you disabled an application some other applications linked to the disabled application may not be operated correctly Enable the disabled application again to operate them correctly Settings 221 Deleting cache of the application 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Apps 2 Tap an application to delete cache 3 Tap Clear cache
215. ion with simple operation Send post an application downloading information URL without entering manually e Some applications cannot be shared 4 From the Home screen tap E 2 Tap Hand Share 3 Tap an application icon with EJ e A selection screen for sharing method appears e An icon with 3 can be shared 4 Selecting sharing method e Follow the onscreen instructions Adding a folder to the Application screen When the sort order of application icons P 52 is set to Own order you can enter application icons displayed on the Application screen to a folder to manage them q On the Application screen touch and hold an application icon then drag it over the other icon e Anew folder creating screen appears 2 Entera folder name then tap Done Information e To move an application icon to a folder on the Application screen touch and hold an icon you want to move then drag it over a folder e To take out an application icon in a folder from the folder tap the folder touch and hold the application icon then drag it to a place somewhere you want to locate e To change a folder name tap a folder tap the folder name enter a folder name then tap Done Before Using the Terminal 58 You can check the recently used application and end it Display recently used applications in thumbnail list and activate Tap 0 e Thumbnails of recently used applications are listed Informatio
216. ire sign in to check entered Username Password for mopera U e If you tap Next in Step 2 mail mopera net is entered in the SMTP server field Set 587 in the Port field 8 Tap Next 9 Onthe account setting screen set Inbox check frequency etc and tap Next 10 On the account setting screen enter a display name for sending mail and tap Next e The mailer is displayed and the set mail account is available Information e When Require sign in is unmarked on the SMTP server setting screen sending mails is not available Mark Require sign in Set a Google account You can use Gmail to send and receive emails e Ifyou do not set a Google account follow the onscreen instructions to set one on the initial setting screen For details refer to Setting Google account P232 e If you do not synchronize Gmail after Google account is set Account not synced screen appears Follow the onscreen instructions Information e For details on Gmail tap the Google help q From the Home screen tap O then tap Gmail then tap Help to view 2 Tap Compose 3 Enter the email address of recipient e When you enter a name or email address in the email address field contacts matched to the entered numbers or letters are listed e To add Cc or Bcc recipients tap i tap Add Cc Bcc 4 Entera subject and message and Mail Web browser 128 5 Tap gt Send Informa
217. is a function to connect to a network and check if software update for SO 04E is required then update software if required Software update is announced on NTT DOCOMO website e There are following 3 methods for software update Automatic Update Update file is downloaded automatically and write it at the set time When the rewrite start time is not set software is automatically rewritten between 2 a m and 5 a m Immediate Update Update immediately Reserved Update Update at the reserved time automatically Information e Software update can be done even when various data such as phonebook entries registered in the terminal images mails downloaded data are remaining note that data protection sometimes cannot be secured according to the conditions of your terminal such as malfunction damage or water leak DOCOMO recommends backing up necessary data in advance However some data may not be backed up Using software update e Do not remove the battery pack while updating software The update may fail Update software with the battery fully charged You are recommended to connect charging cable when updating software Software cannot be updated in the following cases During a call When IM out of service area is displayed During international roaming Airplane mode While upgrading Android software When date and time are not set correctly When the remaining battery i
218. ith a hammer or step on it Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak If the battery pack fluid etc contacts eyes immediately flush the eyes with clean water and see a doctor right away Do not rub the eyes Failure to do so may cause blindness Contents Precautions 12 Don t Do Do Don t Don t A WARNING Ifthe battery pack seems to have abnormalities such as deformation or scratches due to falling never use it Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak If the battery pack leaks or gives off a strange smell immediately remove it from the vicinity of open flames The leaking liquid may ignite fire catch fire or explode Be careful not to let your pet bite the battery pack Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak AN CAUTION Do not discard the battery together with other garbage Doing so may cause igniting or environmental destruction Tape the contacts of old battery packs to insulate them and then bring them into a sales outlet such as docomo Shop If your local municipality has a battery recycling program dispose of them as provided for Do not use or charge a wet battery pack Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite burst heat or leak Do If fluid etc leaks out from the battery pack do not make the fluid contact with your skin of face or hands Doing so may cause blindness or injury on your skin If the fluid et
219. ith sp mode you may be charged docomo ID and password are required for use Please contact General Inquiries described on the last page if you forget or do not have docomo ID and password May not be available in some cases depending on the conditions of your subscription There are cases where the site may not be available due to system maintenance etc Don t forget your mobile phone or your manners Remember to be courteous to others when you use your terminal Turn the power off when you are E in places where use is prohibited Follow the instructions of each airline or medical facility for the use of mobile phones on their premises Power off the terminal in a place where the use is prohibited E Driving Using a handheld mobile phone while driving will result in a penalty However absolutely necessary cases such as rescue of a sick person or maintaining public s safety are exempted W In places such as theaters cinemas and art galleries Using the terminal in a public place where you need to be quiet annoys people around you Keep your voice and ring tone down WE Keep your voice down in quiet places like restaurants and hotel lobbies E If you are in an outdoor public place make sure you do not disturb others Respect privacy Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and e sending photos using camera equipped mobile phones Have good manners The termina
220. k shows the current location Apps 191 e Ifyou tap the terminal s geomagnetic compass links the direction displayed on the map Zooming in out on a map 4 Pinch in out on the Maps screen Information e Alternatively double tap the screen to zoom in e Tapping the screen with 2 fingers also zooms out Viewing Street View 4 Touch and hold a spot on the map that you are going to look at in Street View 2 Tap the displayed call out Q Tap Street view gt OK e On the Street View display tap Bl and tap Compass mode The compass in Street View shows the same direction as the terminal s geomagnetic compass Information e Street View does not cover some areas For uncovered area Street View icon appears in light gray Searching for a location you want to look at q On the map screen tap Qf 2 Fill out the search bar e You can enter addresses city names business types and institution names for example London and art museum e When a list of places matched to the entered letters appears on the screen tap a place in the list to check the location on the map 3 Tap Ed on the software keyboard e Search result appears on the map e When Did you mean appears at the top ofthe map or RESULT LIST appears at the bottom of the map tap to select the place to view 4 Tapa destination e A detailed information screen appears Information e On the detailed information screen you can ch
221. k the screen up or down swipe to cancel the screen lock For the initial settings see Initial settings P40 and for Preferred apps settings see Setting preferred apps P223 Before Using the Terminal 39 You can add widgets such as calendar clock etc on the unlock screen 1 On the unlock screen drag right 2 Tap and then tap a widget you want to add e Flick the screen to the right in a row then tap to set widgets up to 5 Information e To delete a widget on the unlock screen touch and hold a widget to delete and drag it to Delete displayed at the top of the screen Initial settings For the first time you turn on the terminal flick swipe up down the screen to unlock the screen and follow the onscreen instructions to make initial settings 4 Select English United States gt Tap Done and tap gt e After this step follow the onscreen instructions to make the following settings and tap gt or Finish Connect to a Wi Fi network Connecting to Sony Entertainment Network Set accounts and auto sync Select preferred applications 2 Tap OK OK 3 Tap when initial setting screen for docomo service appears e After this step follow the onscreen instructions to set up below and tap gt Next Select whether to install all apps now or later Select whether to set Osaifu Keitai settings Set docomo apps password settings Set whether to r
222. ke more detailed information http www who int docstore peh emf publications facts_press fact_english htm Please refer to the websites listed below if you would like more detailed information regarding SAR Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications Website http www tele soumu go jp e sys ele index htm Association of Radio Industries and Businesses Website http www arib emf org index02 html in Japanese only NTT DOCOMO INC Website http www nttdocomo co jp english product sar Sony Mobile Communications Inc Website http www sonymobile co jp product SAR in Japanese only 1 Technical regulations are defined by the Ministerial Ordinance Related to Radio Law Article 14 2 of Radio Equipment Regulations 2 Regarding the method of measuring SAR when using mobile phones in positions other than against the ear international standards 1EC62209 2 were set in March 2010 On the other hand technical regulation is currently being deliberated on by national council As of October 2011 Important Information United States THIS PHONE MODEL HAS BEEN CERTIFIED INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE GOVERNMENT S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES The SO 04E Series mobile phones have been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver It is designed to not exceed the limits of exposure to radio frequency R
223. l Connect to a TV to display photos and videos on the TV screen 4 Connect the terminal with the Home screen or Application screen displayed to a TV using an MHL cable Mi When the Home screen is displayed e Activate TV launcher automatically E When Application screen is displayed BB and M appear on the status bar Also drag the status bar downwards and tap TV launcher to activate TV launcher External device connection 256 2 Switch the TV to MHL input mode e The screen of the terminal is shown on the TV screen Q Flick an icon left or right to select application you want to use information On the TV launcher screen tap an album art in WALKMAN at the upper left to display WALKMAN screen On the TV launcher screen Tap Home to display the Home screen of the terminal On the TV launcher screen tap Add or Bl and tap Add then select the desired shortcut to add to the TV launcher screen On the TV launcher screen tap Bl and Rearrange to rearrange shortcuts on the TV launcher screen On the TV launcher screen tap Bl and Delete OK to delete shortcuts on the TV launcher screen Removing the MHL cable from the terminal severs connection however TV may remain to MHL input mode or HDMI input mode Follow the instructions on the TV to switch to digital terrestrial television mode etc When MHL is connected radio wave condition may be affected according to your environment for the usage
224. l in a separate note and keep it safely Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable for any damaged or lost data saved in the terminal Do not drop or give a strong impact to the terminal Doing so may cause malfunction or damage Do not insert the plug of the external device into the microUSB jack or headset jack at the slant or pull it obliquely while connecting Doing so may cause malfunction or damage The terminal could become warm while in use and charging This condition is not abnormal You can continue using the terminal Do not leave the camera under direct sunlight If you do so some of the elements may melt or become faded Usually use the terminal with microUSB jack cover and headset jack cover closed Failure to do so may get dust or water inside and cause malfunction Do not use the terminal with the back cover removed Doing so may cause removal of battery pack malfunction or damage Do not turn off the terminal while using microSD card Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction Do not let magnetic cards etc close to the terminal The magnetic data in cash cards credit cards telephone cards floppy disks etc may be erased Do not bring strong magnetic objects close to the terminal Strong magnetic objects may cause misoperation Contents Precautions 18 Ml Battery pack The battery pack is a consumable part Replace the battery pack if the terminal has extremely short operation tim
225. l in the same way you normally do P 99 2 When the call is finished press Music Call key on Wireless Stereo Headset E Receiving a call 4 When receiving a call press Music Call key on Wireless Stereo Headset e The call is connected e When receiving a call you can decline the call by pressing and holding Music Call key for over a second 2 After the call is finished press Music Call key again Phone 102 Information e Ifyou are using a commercially available headphones without a microphone you need to speak to the microphone of the terminal If there is an incoming call while listening to music with Wireless Stereo Headset connected to the terminal you can pause the music and answer the call by pressing Music Call key Music restarts automatically when ending the call depending on the player application Operations during a call Calling screen On the Calling screen you can set speakerphone or mute or enter a phone number to make a call to another party Jiro DOCOMO O mua Mobile 080 XXXX XXXX FO o p O A amp O Name of the other party 2 Number of the other party A photo saved in Phonebook Call duration time Speaker Set speakerphone on off e Other party s voice can be heard from the speaker and handsfree call can be made e When you switch to the other screen such as the Home screen with the speakerphone on EP app
226. l is 15 89 while the battery is being charged Indicate that the battery level is 90 or more while the battery is being charged Flashing red The remaining battery level is 14 or less Flashing pale purple Indicate missed call new messages SMS new Gmail or new email exist It blinks when the backlight is off or the unlock screen is displayed Information e If remaining battery level is low for activating the terminal when turning on the power the notification LED flashes in red three times by pressing e When charging starts with the power off notification LED lights red and when the battery level is displayed on the screen notification LED lights in the color corresponding to the battery level e While using Album application or WALKMAN application the notification LED lights according to the content While receiving a call it blinks according to the color of Themes P 216 in Display settings A status bar appears at the top of the screen In the status bar the terminal status and notification are displayed Notification icons appear on the left side and status icons appear on the right side of the status bar Q nl 100 12 34 p tc EE D me q Status bar The main status icons displayed on the status bar are as follows Communicating in 3G packet LTE available Before Using the Terminal 45 Connecting to Bluetooth device NI WC Reader PRP Function
227. l is equipped with useful functions not to answer an incoming call or to mute the sound Vibrate P 215 Vibrates when there is an incoming call Silent mode P 43 Silent mode mutes the sounds of the terminal such as the operation sounds and the ringtone Shutter sound cannot be muted You can also use optional services such as the Voice Mail Service P 106 and Call Forwarding Service P 106 efe 0120 005 250 toll free MFrom DOCOMO mobile phones In Japanese only Service available in English Portuguese Chinese Spanish r No prefix 113 toll free Unavailable from part of IP phones Unavailable from land line phones etc Business hours 9 00 a m to 8 00 p m M From DOCOMO mobile phones In Japanese only BFrom land line phones In Japanese only FF No prefix 151 toll free eJe 0120 800 000 toll free Unavailable from land line phones etc Unavailable from part of IP phones Business hours 24 hours open all year round From land line phones In Japanese only efe 0120 800 000 toll free Unavailable from part of IP phones Business hours 9 00 a m to 8 00 p m open all year round O Please confirm the phone number before you dial O For Applications or Repairs and After Sales Service please contact the above mentioned information center or the docomo Shop etc near you on the NTT DOCOMO website NTT DOCOMO website http www nttdocomo co jp english From DOCOMO mobile phones
228. ld to move continuously Or change the range for conversion When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end tap to In alphanumerics input mode tap to switch capitalization upper case lower case In Hiragana Kanji input mode highlight and select word in conversion candidates Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter enter the same character as the one at In Hiragana Kanji input mode activate the end online dictionary to display in Before the conversion is fixed REE Fix conversion candidates is displayed and fixes the entering characters or conversion characters When characters are already fixed enter a line feed at the cursor position 1 When any characters are entered just tap the Delete the character before tne care desired position on the entered character string to Touch and hold to delete continuously moverhe usar Appears in number input mode Tap to switch numbers or symbols to one byte two byte characters When no character is entered or after 2 In some screens such as the mail account entered character is fixed a space can be registration screen or search screen RA Next entered Touch and hold to input spaces T Done S24 Go BJ etc appear continuously 3 To set online dictionary in Hiragana Kanji input Enter characters by voice input with mode touch and hold BB tap OK then mark docomo voic
229. le cardioverter defibrillator or other electronic medical equipment check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer or vendor whether the operation can be affected by radio waves Do Be careful about broken glasses or exposed internal from the terminal if the display or the camera lens is broken Shatterproof film applied hardened glass is used on the display surface and the acrylic resin is applied on camera lens so as not to be shattered when broken But they may cause injury if you touch a cut surface or exposed portion mistakenly Z CAUTION Do not swing the terminal around by holding the antenna strap etc The terminal may hit you or others and cause accident such as injury Do not use damaged terminal Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock When using the motion sensor check the safety around you hold the terminal firmly and do not shake it unnecessarily May cause accident such as injuries If the display is mistakenly damaged and when the liquid crystal runs out do not get it on your skin such as face hands etc Doing so may cause blindness or injury on your skin If the liquid crystal gets in your eye or mouth rinse with clean running water and get medical treatment immediately Also if it gets on your skin or clothes use something such as alcohol to wipe off and wash it with soap in clear water Contents Precautions 11 Do To use the terminal in car c
230. liCa Networks Inc FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation IN is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum Inc in the US and other countries Twitter is a trademark or registered trademark of Twitter Inc Google and Google logo Android and Android logo Google Play and Google Play logo Google Gmail mobile Google A ZN PlayStation Maps Hangouts Google Latitude Google i se Certified Calendar YouTube and YouTube logo Mobilecasting Inc NOTTV is a trademark of mmbi Inc Xperia and TrackID are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB Media Go is a trademark or registered trademark of Sony Media Software and Services PlayStation and BY are trademarks or registered trademarks or Sony Computer Picasa Google Chrome and Google Chrome logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google Inc mac coman Facebook and Facebook logo are trademarks y y n 7 or registered trademarks of Facebook Inc POO ae PELO DLNA and DLNA logo are dl logo are registered POBox trademarks or registered S Sean lic ol ony trademarks of the Digital Living Network Computer Science Laboratories Inc Menea lee i er ae e metic or y MHL Mobile High Definition x MAL ony Computer Science Laboratories Inc an linked ML Todoar pel Sony Mobile Communications Inc BRAVIA Sony Sweep Panorama WALKMA
231. lication SCre CN cesssssssssssssesssssssssssstsssstsssssssssste 52 Task MANAG Smee ene mentee me enn eee 59 Switching home application 60 Searching information in the terminal and web A ene eee EEA 61 Calar ra 62 Setting character et s s s 71 Setting Xperia Japanese keyboOard 78 USB keyboard Bluetooth keyboard wuss 85 Application SCreen dsc ninia aia 94 Managing APPLICATIONS essssssssesssessstaeesesssesaeene 95 Making Receiving a Call s s s 99 Operations during a Call wees 103 E OU ensien 104 CAMS erro 106 A A A 108 sp Mode Mall eesssssessscesssesssnsossesesnessensssseseneesenesoveenee 118 MESSIDS SMS nerencaorrcros ies 118 A gee ec acaba tec 121 e een eee eee eee ne ae eer 128 Early Warning Area Mall sss 129 Web DTOWS E asin oil 131 Play e huna 137 Osaitu Keital nisaire 138 Jo eann a een vee 143 A e E ee E 149 FM radjo psoe torera los 155 Using Wireless Stereo Headset 156 ES A ser A reenter erenmeerires me tepeer ene 158 Playing multimedia content wn eeessssesseesssesseensees 180 AU Msi to 181 A aims bdsnecta asides cts 183 MS Pancita 184 Contents Precautions 3 SOCA m da 188 LOCATION SIVICES cccacannanacnacocococconconnnncannnmencs 189 A a 194 ANI E COCK rasta ERRENA 196 KIEWIT Y 7 docomo backup 199 OfficeSuite ssassn 201 Viewing the setting MENU ssssssvssvsvsssssssvrerssresenren 202 WIRELESS amp NETWORKS incaico 202 o CUS ve ecasceh ainda neaeae es
232. light Adjust the color balance for a sunny place EX Cloudy Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or shaded area E ISO Set ISO sensitivity Shoot clear picture reducing blur even in a place where lightning is poor The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Normal Auto Set to the appropriate sensitivity from 100 to 1600 100 Set sensitivity to 100 200 Set sensitivity to 200 400 Set sensitivity to 400 800 Set sensitivity to 800 1600 Set sensitivity to 1600 Apps 167 Mi Metering Measure the brightness on the shooting screen to determine a well balanced exposure automatically The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is setto Normal Center Put emphasis at the center of the shooting screen and measure photometry at whole view finder to adjust the exposure Average Adjust the exposure based on the brightness of the whole shooting screen E Spot Measure photometry only at the center of the shooting screen to adjust the exposure Image stabilizer Compensate for photo blur caused by small movements of the hand when shooting On Reduce blur Off The stabilizer is not used E Geotagging Tag photos location information geotag for the shooting spot Enable the location information service setting to add Geotag For details on location information service see Location services P 189 Ga On Geotag location inf
233. line dictionary AR T 83 Words by learning oca a ere ae he 83 Disaster kit ke ta sor int Corel Yet Tei ob ia ae ai ia wv 56 Display crete teeter tees 216 dmarket ooooooomoooo 136 dmenu TS an is 1 36 docomo apps password o o 223 Appendix Index 311 docomo backup aa ad 199 docomo cloud ooomomormon 56 docomo mini UIM card 20 31 225 docomo service ccc tte 223 docomo voice input 61 62 79 docomo Wi Fi Easy Connection 56 E Early Warning Area Mail 129 Earpiece volumetssttttt ttt tte tees 104 Email i Geb Bes a a a we A wh va Ot 1 21 Deleting o aa aaa E 1 24 Forwarding di EE 124 Initial settings a ie ads 121 Receiving A a a as 1 23 Replying RA RA 1 24 Saving attachment file 124 Sending RN 1 22 Email account Adding is ia 1 26 Changing aaa 125 Deleting ERA A A A ae 1 27 Emergency Call o 100 English guidance da id an 107 Extensions as aa as aaa 81 F Facebook A iS a O a aaa 233 File Commander oia cias dr as 240 FM radio Duaa ss sa 1 55 G Gmail EAS A ATA AAA 6 te AS 1 28 Google E E E A E E EN EAE ser heriets 61 232 Google Maps fe ering aaa sees tac sat dia 191 Current location 191 Getting direction e o ooooo 193 Layers dore decae EEEE EE EAEE 1 93 Local o o o omocosos 192 Navigation caras a 193 Search AENA 1 92 Street View
234. list appears Tap a broadcasting station to change the remote control number Touch and hold a number of remote control you want to set to 4 Tap Register channel e If you select a number of remote control which is already assigned to another broadcasting station tap YES Information e To delete set broadcasting stations touch and hold a broadcasting station to delete in Step 2 then Delete channel Tap YES For some data broadcasting programs link information to related websites TV link is displayed Save TV links to connect to related websites later Saving TV links q Onthe1Seg watching screen with data broadcasting P 150 select TV link to store e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Apps 153 Displaying TV links 4 Onthe 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB 2 Tap TV Link e ATV link list screen appears 3 Selecta TV link e When selecting a link content or HTML content tap Yes Information e Some TV links have period of validity Out of date TV links are no longer available Viewing Deleting details of TV link On the 1Seg watching screen P 150 tap HB 2 Tap TV Link and touch and hold a TV link Property Display details for registered information such as title description expiration date etc Delete a stored TV link one Delete all Delete all stored TV links Information Alternatively on the TV link list screen tap PB to
235. luetooth device or connect them Information e By default Bluetooth function is off If you turn Bluetooth on and then turn off the terminal Bluetooth function turns off When you turn on the terminal again Bluetooth function turns on automatically e When you do not use Bluetooth function turn it off to save the battery Mi Reception interference caused by wireless LAN devices The terminal s Bluetooth function and wireless LAN devices use the same frequency band 2 4GH7z If you use the terminal near a wireless LAN device reception interference may occur or the communications speed may lower Also you may hear noise or have a connection problem In these cases do the following e Keep the Bluetooth device 10 meters or more away from a wireless LAN device e Within 10 meters turn off either the Bluetooth device or the wireless LAN device The terminal does not communicate wirelessly with all types of Bluetooth devices Bluetooth DUN is not supported From the Home screen tap then tap Settings 2 Tap MY in Bluetooth or drag it right Bl appears on the status bar and Bluetooth function turns on 3 Tap Bluetooth Tap Xperia feat HATSUNE MIKU e The terminal becomes detectable by other Bluetooth devices for 2 minutes thy Information e Alternatively drag the status bar downwards and tap Bluetooth to set Bluetooth function to on off Data communication 245 You can name the ter
236. lways turn it on when the terminal is charged From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap El and Advanced 3 Tap Keep Wi Fi on during sleep Settings 205 Tap any of Always Only when plugged in Never increases data usage Information e When a Wi Fi network is disconnected connection is automatically switched to a LTE AWCDMA GSM network mode Using Wi Fi Direct compatible device You can connect among the devices compatible with Wi Fi Direct via Wi Fi even without configuring access point e You need to turn on the Wi Fi setting beforehand P 203 q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi 2 Tap and Wi Fi Direct e A list of detected Wi Fi Direct devices appears 3 Select a Wi Fi Direct compatible device name to connect e If a note appears tap OK e Tap Search for devices to refresh the detection list e To change the terminal name displayed on the detected Wi Fi Direct compatible device tap Rename device Information e To use the Wi Fi Direct function you need an application compatible with Wi Fi Direct function The function becomes available when you install a compatible application e Ifyou start Wi Fi Direct connection during Wi Fi connection Wi Fi connection is disconnected and switched to packet communication LTEAWCDMA GSM Connect Bluetooth device wirelessly using Bluetooth function For details on Bluetooth communication see Using Blue
237. me elapses notification appears again Information e Snooze means a function with which reminder once dismissed reactivates after a while Depending on the notifications on the Notification panel Snooze and Dismiss may not be displayed Pinch the reminder on the Notification panel to display Several reminders may be displayed as one on the Notification panel Tap a reminder and Y to set snooze interval or dismiss reminder For an event set attendee by selecting Google account tap Respond displayed on the Notification panel to create and send a mail to the participant Set Calendar view way to notify Default reminder time phrases for quick responses etc On the calendar screen tap then tap Settings 2 Select an item to change Alarm amp clock With Alarm amp clock app you can set an alarm and use world clock stopwatch and timer From the Home screen tap then Alarm amp clock e Alarm screen appears E Alarm screen Clock display e Tap to view date and time P 235 setting screen Add alarm P197 Alarm list 4 Display clock in full screen 6 View alarm screen View world clock P 198 View stop watch P 198 View timer P 199 Deleting alarms P 197 Apps 196 q On the alarm screen tap Add alarm 2 Set time etc and tap Done e Tap Advanced alarm settings to view all setting items Time Flick up and down on numbers to set time Re
238. minal The name appears on Bluetooth devices when you use the Bluetooth function 1 Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Bluetooth 2 3 Tap H and tap Rename phone 4 Enter a name and tap Rename To connect the terminal and Bluetooth device make pair setting for Bluetooth device When paired and connected you can make receive a call with handsfree headset etc or send receive data such as image between the terminal and the Bluetooth device e Once you have made pair setting for the terminal and a Bluetooth device the setting is saved e For make pair setting entering passcode PIN may be required Passcode PIN of the terminal is 0000 If you cannot make pair setting when you enter 0000 see the documentation of your Bluetooth device e Once you made pair settings by entering passcode PIN you do not need to enter the passcode PIN when connecting with the paired Bluetooth device next time e For Bluetooth profiles compatible with the terminal see Main specification P 288 1 Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on 2 Fromthe Home screen tap and tap Settings gt Bluetooth Tap Search for devices e A list of detected Bluetooth devices appears GO 4 TapaBluetooth device name to pair with the terminal Datacommunication 246 5 Checkapasskey on the Bluetooth 4 pairing request screen then tap Pair e
239. minal conforms to cratchea May cause tO i IrMC version 1 1 However some data cannot be sent e Infrared communication may not be or received even if the receiver s phone conforms performed in areas exposed to direct sunlight IrMC version 1 1 directly under fluorescent lights or near e Authentication password and docomo apps infrared devices password may be required while sending or receiving infrared data Authentication password is a 4 digit number fixed up between you and other party in advance The same number string must be entered by the sender and receiver For the docomo apps password see docomo apps password P223 If the terminal receives a call during infrared communication data exchange is interrupted and the incoming call screen appears If the set alarm time comes during infrared communication data exchange is interrupted and the alarm starts to sound Depending on the terminal of the other party it may be difficult to exchange data Data communication 242 e You can send and receive Phonebook entries My profile name card sp mode mail Schedule amp memo still images jpeg png gif bmp videos mp4 3gp and ToruCa It may take a time to exchange data depending on the data amount or device of other party Some data such as data with copyright protection etc cannot be played back on other devices Received data cannot be played back or saved depending on the sender s device data type or data
240. minated by transferring your rights to the Device to a third party in writing Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions will terminate the licence immediately Sony Mobile and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights title and interest in and to the Software To the extent that the Software contains material or code of a third party such third parties shall be beneficiaries of these terms This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden When applicable the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunction with your device is provided with additional terms and conditions such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of the Software Appendix Index 304 About Open Source Software Export Controls and Regulations This product includes certain open source or other software originating from third parties that is subject to the GNU General Public License GPL GNU Library Lesser General Public License LGPL and different and or additional copyright licenses disclaimers and notices The exact terms of GPL LGPL and some other licenses disclaimers and notices are reproduced in the about box in this product and are also available at http opensource sonymobile com Sony Mobile offers to provide source code of software licensed under the GPL or LGPL or some other open source licenses allowing source code dist
241. mmunication security the terminal supports the security function compliant with Bluetooth standards but the security may not be sufficient depending on the setting Concern about the communication using the Bluetooth function e Please be aware that DOCOMO is not responsible for data leak when making data communications using Bluetooth Contents Precautions 20 Frequency band The frequency band used by the terminal s Bluetooth wireless LAN function is written as follows 2 4FH1 XX8 DS4 0F4 ES E 24 This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz band FH XX DS OF Modulation scheme is the FH SS other system DS SS or OFDM system 1 The estimated interference distance is 10 m or less 4 The estimated interference distance is 40 m or less 8 The estimated interference distance is 80 m or less The full band between 2400 MHz and 2483 5 MHz is used and the band of the mobile identification device can be avoided Available channels vary depending on the country For use in an aircraft contact the airline beforehand Bluetooth cautions The operating frequency band of the terminal is used by industrial scientific consumer and medical equipment including microwave ovens premises radio stations for identifying mobile units used in the manufacturing lines of plants radio stations requiring a license specified low power radio stations radio stations requiring no license and amateur radio
242. n Tab e Change displayed information e Flick left or right View optional menu Search contents e Search contents in the terminal or microSD card 4 Chaku uta shortcut menu button e Operations Set for ringtone Add to playlist Delete can be performed Information e To change the order of tab icons tap and tap Settings Arrange icons drag up and down on the item to change then tap Apply q From the Home screen tap O then tap Media Player e Tap Movie tab at the bottom of the screen to display video list 2 Tapasong video e Song video is played Mi Music playback screen HALA os f O s E z 8 O MX gt gt P Mc Back to song list 2 Go back to the beginning of the track or to the previous track Fast rewind Play or pause Fast forward Skip to the next track Playback point 4 View optional menu Album art 6 Song information Repeat OFF Repeat ON 1 track repeat Shuffle OFF Shuffle ON Volume control e Alternatively on the playback screen press to adjust the volume Apps 185 Information e You can return to the Home screen to perform another operation while listening to music in the background To return to the music playback screen from the Home screen tap then tap Media Player or drag the status bar downward to tap the name of song that is being played E Video playback screen Back to video list 2 Go back to the b
243. n e Tap a thumbnail of application to activate e Flick left or right a thumbnail of application displayed to delete from the list Alternatively touch and hold a thumbnail of application and tap Remove from list to remove from the thumbnail list e To end all applications and delete all thumbnail lists tap Close all displayed at the upper left of the screen e To check application information touch and hold a thumbnail of application and tap App info You can use a small app such as browser note etc while using another application For small apps you can download from Google Play or add the widgets Using small apps 4 Tap co e The favorite list of set small apps appears at the bottom of the screen 2 Select a small app to use e The small app activates Information e When you set several small apps flick the favorite list left or right to display them To close a running small app tap BY Before Using the Terminal 59 Adding a small app 4 Tap 2 Tap e A small app list appears 3 Touch and hold a small app or shortcut you want to add then drag it to the favorite list Information e In the small app list tap and tap Play Store to install the small app from Google Play e Inthe small app list tap and tap Widgets to add widgets in the small apps e To delete a small app from the favorite list touch and hold a small app you want to delete and drag it out of the
244. n phonebook app application for play back videos or music used in the terminal all at once or individually q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Xperia 2 Preferred apps settings Tap any of Set all to Home screen Lock screen Contacts Player music and video 3 Tap docomo Xperia e docomo or Xperia is set as a using application 4 Tap OK PERSONAL You can set passwords for applications provided by docomo or to use the services supporting AUTO GPS Application Set to check update for manager applications regularly docomo Wi Fi Easy Set the terminal for using Connection docomo Wi Fi or home Wi Fi Wi Fi settings for Setto use docomo service docomo apps when connecting Wi Fi docomo apps Set a password for applications password provided by docomo docomo apps password is set 0000 by default AUTO GPS Set to use the services supporting AUTO GPS docomo location Set location information information function for imadoco search imadocokantan search and Keitai Osagashi Service Set totaling cycle or starting stopping measuring for 7 2 SH JU Check data volume application SD card backup P199 Send device error Set for sending error information information to the server managed by DOCOMO Settings 223 Data usage check Open source View open source licenses Liveness check Set whether to require blinking for licenses unlocking by Face Unlock Informa
245. na Kanji input mode Switch upper lower case or add voiced sound semi voiced sound The character mode switches in the order of Hiragana kanji Alphabet gt Number Enter one byte two byte symbols from the displayed list Switch the tab to enter facemarks from the displayed list a pictogram tab and deco mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp mode mail Move the cursor To the left Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion Move the cursor To the right Touch and hold to move continuously Or change the range for conversion When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end tap to enter the same character as the one at Before the conversion is fixed REE Fix is displayed and fixes the entering characters or conversion characters When characters are already fixed enter a line feed at the cursor position When no character is entered or after entered character is fixed a Space can be entered Touch and hold to input spaces continuously Enter characters by voice input with docomo voice input or Google voice typing A candidate list appears Tap a character string you want to enter Display the available extensions list In alohanumerics input mode tap to switch capitalization upper case lower case or switch allocated symbol type Before Using the Terminal 72 Icon Function In Hiragana Kanji input mode highlight and
246. nce guidance Check settings Check the current service Settings Setting international dial assistance 4 From the Home screen tap thentap 2 Tap Call settings gt Roaming settings 3 Tap International dial assist e Select items you want to use Auto conversion International prefix or country code is automatically added Country code Tap OK to select a country code which will be used for auto conversion International Tap OK to select an prefix international prefix which will be used for auto conversion International roaming 265 Settings Network service overseas Set network service such as voice mail from overseas e If you make the settings overseas you are charged a call fee to Japan from the country you Stay e For some overseas network operators settings may not be made q From the Home screen tap S thentap 2 Tap Call settings gt Roaming settings 3 Tap Network service e Select items you want to use You need to set Remote operation to activate P 107 charged service service ay setting charged K PI Tap OK After this step messages follow the voice prompts to play the message Caller ID request Tap O charged charged charged OKk Call Activate forwarding service charged Deactivate Tap service Check Tap OK settings Follow the voice prompts to operate International roaming
247. nd to account for any variations in measurements This paragraph is only applicable to authorities and customers in the United States Europe This mobile phone model SO 04E has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons regardless of age and health The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phone models they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves For more information on SAR please refer to the safety chapter in the User s Guide SAR data information for residents in countries that have adopted the SAR limit recommended by the International Commission of Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP which is 2 W kg averaged over ten 10 gram of tissue for example European Union Japan Brazil and New Zealand The highest SAR value for this model phone tested by Sony Mobile Communications AB for use at the ear is 0 99 W kg 10g Appendix Index 295 Please follow these guidelines Failure 4 to do so might entail a potential health
248. ndwriting input Kanji handwriting input in the portrait landscape screen in kana alphabet number input mode respectively q On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap On screen keyboard settings 2 Mark Keep keyboard type Information e You can set to stabilize the last status of keyboard in the each portrait landscape screen without marking Keep keyboard type You can set support functions for character input such as Word suggestion function Setting voice input Setting Word suggestion The Word suggestion function shows predicted conversion candidates when you enter Japanese English characters Mark the checkbox of Word suggestion checkbox to set Spell check and Auto space That helps you entering characters with ease q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Input support 2 Mark Word suggestions Information e Flick or drag downwards in the word suggestion field to enlarge the word suggestion field and to hide the keyboard Tap any of Bila Previous suggestion RARE Next suggestion KE7E Fix shown below the word suggestions to select fix characters to be entered To show the software keyboard tap R6 Back or 2 In Hiragana Kanji input mode in inputting character when using Kanji handwriting input tap BE Direct conversion 1 FAl Prediction in the word suggestion field to display direct conversion candidates predicted conversion candidates
249. ne When you arrive overseas and turn on the eo code begins with 0 omit 0 terminal an available network is However 0 may be required to dial to automatically set some country or area such as Italy e Check that the battery and signal levels are To call an overseas WORLD WING user high enough enter 81 Japan for the country code e Depending on the network operator even if the Caller ID notification is active the caller ID 3 Tap may not be notified or appear properly 4 When the call is finished tap End In this case calls cannot be made from the call call log f Information e During international roaming if you make an international call to Japan using Phone application the International dialing assist screen appears You can make a call without entering country code from that screen For details on International dialing assist see Setting international dial assistance P 265 You can make a call from overseas using the international roaming service e You can easily make international calls from the country you stay to Japan or to other countries by entering prefix and then the country code and phone number From the Home screen tap then tap Dial tab International roaming 262 You can make a call by entering the phone You can receive a call using the international number of the other party s land line phone roaming service or mobile phone in the same way you do in Wh
250. nebook entry Set a group from phonebook list screen 1 2 On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap Groups Touch and hold a phonebook entry to set a group and then drag it to any group Information e To cancel group setting touch and hold a phonebook entry you want to cancel and then drag it to the set group or select a phonebook entry you want to cancel and from the profile screen tap Edit Setting in Group Unmark group and tap OK gt Save e When you set Google account etc display groups by account You can set cancel group in the same account Phone 111 Creating a new group in Phonebook q On the phonebook list screen P 108 tap Groups gt Add e When Add is not displayed flick up groups to display e When you set a Google account etc you can select that account for adding 2 On the group addition screen enter color icon group name and tap OK e The items vary depending on the account type Information e Newly created groups can be edited deleted To edit a group touch and hold a group and tap Edit group then enter editing content and tap OK To delete a group touch and hold a group and tap Delete group OK Phonebook entries belonged to the deleted group move to the No group tab e For one account you cannot add a group that has the same name as existing groups Editing a phonebook entry 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry
251. ng guidance P264 Advanced Sub address Set whether in phone settings number is identified as a sub address separator Register a prefix number added before phone number when making a call Reject Set whether to reject an unregistered incoming call with call unregistered phone number in the phonebook automatically Sound amp Vibration settings Phone Set ringtone P215 ringtone Vibrate when Set whether to sound ringing ringtone and vibrate the terminal when there is an incoming call P215 Set whether to emit dialpad operation sound P215 Reject call Edit set a message SMS to be sent when rejecting an incoming call Dial pad touch tones Microphone Make the voice clear to understand for noise suppression Set Internet phone SIP account the other party during a call Set Internet phone SIP call method Phone 107 Ph o Phonebook list screen UAM On the phonebook list screen you can view On the phonebook you can enter various details of your contacts You can add a information for contacts for example phone picture to a phonebook entry and display numbers mail addresses and various service phonebook entries by group accounts O oe Bisplayingiphonebook oF From the Home screen tap then tap docomo phonebook gt Contacts tab e The phonebook list screen appears o Information e To use the cloud service in phonebook docomo Contac
252. ng in WiFi hotspot mode were taken using a separation distance of 10 mm Use of third party accessories may result in different SAR levels than those reported Before a phone model is available for sale to the public in the US it must be tested and certified by the Federal Communications Commission FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the government adopted requirement for safe exposure The tests are performed in positions and locations i e by the ear and worn on the body as required by the FCC for each model The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this phone model with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones all mobile phones granted an FCC equipment authorization meet the government requirement for safe exposure SAR information on this phone model is on file at the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http www fcc gov oet fccid after searching on FCCID PY7PM 0320 Additional information on SAR can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications amp Internet Association CTIA website at http www ctia org Appendix Index 294 In the United States the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1 6 watts kilogram W kg averaged over one gram of tissue The standard incorporates a margin of safety to give additional protection for the public a
253. ng mode e ooococmommo no 161 Continuous shooting s sens 179 Face detection oo coooooo 176 Front camera cero ccrccrrrrrrrmr 175 Picture effect aaa aaa 178 Quick launch A a a 6 1 76 Recording Videos trttt ttt ttt ttt 170 Settings still camera sees 163 Settings video camera 171 Shooting screen tect ttt eee 160 Shooting still pictures 161 Smile Shutter o 177 Sweep Panorama ee cccccrrrrrrrro 1 78 Changing theme s oooooooomomo no 52 Character entry aae hus Ges ta ar wh eE fortes E E wher 62 Edit ccc ccc tee e teens 77 Input method 65 68 72 73 75 Settings bs ide fa arson ess ae a sate a aaa E E 77 Charging tte tteresteererrerrerrereres 34 Desktop Holder cia 35 Using a PC a a ie 37 Using AC adapter E a dos 36 Using DC adapter NN 37 Checkbox on off DRA O A ee el 44 Chrome te eieiei eeek okie ques 54 Connecting DLNA device 255 Connecting toaPCer sr rr terete te ees 251 Connecting TV A 256 Contact Picker 2 3 81 Contacts RA AAA AS E EE EEE 53 D Data usage nirre enn kerea 206 Date amp time ce ccrorrrrrrrrrrrrrccr 235 Daydream O E E ERE 21 7 Default notification sound 215 Dial cis a a iaa ea ads 53 Dictionary Backing up and restoring si occa Bi to aa a ae 84 English user dictionary t tettetett 82 Japanese user dictionary 82 On
254. nonon ooo ooorpooos 142 249 One touch function esse e 249 Notes A ena eins acia aaa ara ona bara ea 55 Notification icon tte 46 Appendix Index 313 Notification LED ice oti es e wet aia de aa Tala ce 45 Notification panel aaa 48 Nuisance call blocking service 106 O OfficeSuite o ooooooono 201 Osaifu Keitai 138 Kazashite Link compatible service 140 NFC Osaifu Keitai Lock Settings 141 Osaifu Keitai compatible service 140 Own number tess 6 109 114 237 p PC Companion ado ed 252 285 Personal Unblocking Key PUK code 227 Phone language A 230 Phonebook ccrtttt ttt ttt 108 Accounts to display ee ee ee E 111 Adding anewentry scrtrrce testes 109 Combining DT atar ie Ree 114 Communication 108 Contacts display order 110 Deleting As ci o a a 114 Editing dea Das nava Daba 112 Exporting is a a it ia 116 Favorites cocci tees 1 1 2 Groups Ade 1 1 1 Importing EA ah Weel rw Wo wh ere wee 117 Infrared ia a aa aa 1 15 Making a call a a e a o ao 1 10 My profile Pia ba a a a aa 1 09 1 14 Ringtone e aida 113 Searching as ao ains des acid 110 Sending Sharing a as 115 Setting photo a ibas 1 13 Shortcuts ree a ai ea 1 1 0 Timeline a a ie 1 09 Phonebook list screen tte 108 Phonepad keyboard O PO 65 Flick input A AO 67 Toggle entry a Seidel Jet ence farce oi dade ea 67 Photo collec
255. ns 22 M FeliCa reader writer function precautions e FeliCa reader writer function of the Be careful when using the terminal while driving Using a handheld mobile phone while driving terminal uses weak waves requiring no licenses for radio stations e It uses 13 56 MHz frequency band When using other reader writers in your surroundings keep the terminal away sufficiently from them Before using the FeliCa reader writer confirm that there will result in a penalty However absolutely necessary cases such as rescue of a sick person or maintaining public s safety are exempted Use the FeliCa reader writer function only in Japan FeliCa reader writer function of the terminal conforms to Japanese radio standards If you use this function overseas you may be punished e Do not alter the basic software illegally It is regarded as the software modification and Repairs may be refused are no radio stations using the same frequency band nearby E Note e Do not use a remodeled terminal Using a remodeled terminal violates the Radio Law Telecommunications Business Act A Technical Conformity Mark shown on the terminal certifies that the terminal meets technical regulations for specified radio equipment that are based on the Radio Law and also certifies a technical standards conformity for terminal equipment that are based on the Telecommunications Business Act To check the certificate from the Home screen tao and
256. ntent Photos or videos that you took with the terminal or multimedia contents music photos videos etc saved in the internal storage or microSD card are viewed played in applications such as Media Player WALKMAN Album The terminal can play the following multimedia contents WAV PCM G 711 wav AAC 3gp m4a mp4 AAC 3gp m4a mp4 eAAC 3gp m4a mp4 MP3 mp3 AMR NB 3gp AMR WB 3gp MIDI SP MIDI GM GML mid XMF xmf Mobile XMF 1 0 mxmf RTT TL RIX rtttl rtx OTA ota Melody imy Ogg Vorbis ogg FLAC flac PIFF isma JPEG jpeg jpo GIF gif PNG png BMP bmp WEBP webp H263 3gp 3gpp mp4 m4v H264 3gp 3gpp mp4 m4v mnv MPEG4 3gp 3gpp mp4 m4v VP8 webm mkv Xvid avi xvid mkv PIFF ismv Avoid copyright infringements when you handle photos videos or sound recorded using the terminal e g copy edit In addition avoid rights infringements of portraits by using these photos without consent altering them or by other means Note that capturing or recording a stage performance entertainment or exhibition may be prohibited even if for personal use Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and sending photos using camera equipped mobile phones Apps 180 Album OOOO aoum sareen Images photos and videos you took can be viewed and played Also use Media Go to transfer co
257. ntent to the terminal and to take content from an external device For details refer to Connecting to a PC with microUSB cable P 251 4 From the Home screen tap Pictures tab e Pictures are displayed in a list of chronological then tap Album order Pinch out in on the screen to zoom in out e Album screen appears image e E is displayed for files of pictures My albums tab continuously shot e You can view albums in a list You can view is displayed for video files images with Geotagging attached on a map saved images pictures shot by the camera Information albums synchronized on an online service and images on a device registered in the Media server View optional menu Tap a picture on the Album screen e The still picture viewing screen appears e Tap the screen to display information such as shooting date option menu icons etc e When you tap a file for pictures continuously taken tap a picture in a row e Depending on the number of saved images it may take some times to load images Apps 181 E Still picture viewing screen O 00 w Location information e Fora geotagged image a country name and a region name appear and tap the icon to view the image on the map 2 Go back to the album screen View share menu P 182 4 Delete image P 183 6 View optional menu P183 6 Shooting date and time information e Pinch out in on the picture viewing screen to
258. nter of the screen e or capturing mode icons P 161 displayed on the Press and hold 4 for over a second 2 Ontheshooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Video camera e The video recording screen P 160 appears 3 On the shooting screen tap XA then tap item to set e Several setting icons are displayed on the shooting screen in advance The displayed setting icons change depending on the setting conditions e For setting items and icons see Video camera setting P171 4 Tapan option in the selected setting e If you change setting options icons displayed on the shooting screen change to the set items Information e To replace setting item icons displayed on the recording screen tap Bq on the recording screen and touch and hold a setting item and drag it toa dotted frame recording screen cannot be moved or deleted Video camera setting Ml Scenes Use Scenes to quickly set up the camera for various scene conditions H Off Adjust color shade or brightness automatically Soft snap Settings are optimized to give brighter and warmer skin tones MN Landscape Shoot landscape depicting trees with vivid color and focusing on distant objects Night Shoot a crisp and clear night scene Beach Reconstruct beach scene brightly and vividly EJ Snow Reconstruct snow scene brightly and vividly Sports To shoot fast moving object shorten exposure time to minimiz
259. nts in Calendar q Onthe calendar screen display date or time when event is scheduled e On the month display screen tap a date in which event is scheduled e On the calendar screen tap and Agenda to display a list of events 2 Tapan event to view description Information e On the calendar screen tap and My calendars to synchronize with the docomo account You can view the events created in Schedule app in the Calendar e If you log in to Facebook tap Sync Calendar in Xperia with Facebook P 233 to display events in Facebook in the Calendar Searching events in Calendar 1 On the calendar screen tap then tap Search 2 Enter a keyword and tap E on the software keyboard e Search results appear Tap an event to view details Deleting events from Calendar q On the calendar screen display date or time when event is scheduled e On the month display screen tap a date in which event is scheduled e On the calendar screen tap and Agenda to display a list of events 2 Touch and hold an event you want to delete 3 Tap Delete event gt Delete Information e To delete all events tap onthe Calendar screen then tap Settings Delete all events Delete Apps 195 When scheduled time arrives Ei appears on the status bar q Drag the status bar downwards Tap Snooze Dismiss Tap Snooze to show pop up menu and select snooze interval After set ti
260. number or mail address then tap Clear default number Clear default address Phone 109 Using phonebook shortcuts When you tap the photo image part on the phonebook list screen P 108 shortcuts for phone mail etc appear Tap the shortcut to make a call or create and send a mail Call to registered phone number Create and send message SMS Select Email application to create and send an email e When you set an Email account is displayed as e On the application selection screen select Always or Just once after selecting Email application e Ifyou do not set Gmail account tap Y to display a setting wizard After an account is set you can create and send mails Information e You can use other functions such as displaying a map from the registered addresses with shortcut e When multiple phone numbers or mail addresses are saved a selection screen appears by tapping a shortcut If you mark Save this selection and then select a phone number mail address etc phone number and mail address are set as default and the selection screen does not appear next time you use the shortcut When multiple phone numbers or mail addresses are saved if default phone number or mail address is set the selection screen does not appear by tapping a shortcut When you tap a part other than photo image on the phonebook list screen profile screen of the phonebook appears instead of short
261. o 1 06 L Landscape view ee eee ee e AB Language amp input e o o nooo oo n o o 230 Light sensor soc ee 30 Location Services season esis 189 224 Activate e o oonenor on ooo o 1 90 Location based Wi Fi 219 M Media Go eee ea ch coranod casco DES Media Player e o oo sonso or oro oo r o 184 Playback SEE A 1 85 Playlist E wt for ior et twrcei ae 1 86 Memo ccseec cece e eee e eee ee eeeeees 55 Message SMS cortrrrrrrrcncnarr rro 118 Deleting Messagetonsarssraer sanos 120 Deleting messages SMS by ea New registration of contact 120 Receiving e daa 11 9 Sending ai ioe wes is ia a 1 1 8 Setting ii a a eee ee 120 Messenger eis ah tas oh aval We Ot ee lob ah We le ane at ieee oe 54 MHL cece cee e cette ete e tenes 256 microSD card sscctrtt tt ttt 218 238 Format A E Wh te A ea ea ie tua ie 21 8 Miku Downloaders enr sees sterren satu 56 Missed call O E a elves ist lave R Tae 1 06 Mobacas RRA a 143 Mobacas 1Seg antenna 30 144 Searching A ia ia iaa eee 145 Settings panki e aare aa a as 147 Watching Ai AA aa a 145 Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 216 Moji Henshu ias aia 62 mopera U CC A E EEEE EE EAA EAE EEE AAEE 21 3 mopera U Mail EEEE EEE EEE EEEE EEEE 127 Movies RR A 53 My profile a a a 109 114 N Network connection settings 202 Network mode 261 Network service 106 NFC co oo
262. o and XperiaTM For changing home application see Switching home application P 60 e When the instruction guide for the Home screen appears tap Do not show this again OK to display the Home screen Displaying a list of home screens q From the Home screen pinch in e Ahome screen list appears Information e Touch an hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap Home screens to display list of home screens e When the instruction guide for the home screen list appears tap Do not show this again OK e To return to the Home screen pinch out or tap La or LS docomo Palette UI 87 Machi chara Make display basic settings for display setting Machi chara Managing the Home screen e Alternatively touch and hold a Machi chara on the Home screen Adding to the Home screen Adding a shortcut to the Home screen Touch and hold an area of the q In Select an action menu P 88 Home screen where no icons are tap Shortcut displayed Select an item you want to add e Select an action menu appears and e The shortcut appears on the Home you can change the Home screen Screen E Select an action Sinteraton Add shortcuts of applications or e Alternatively on the Application screen P 94 touch favorites P88 and hold an icon and then tap Add Add widgets P88 Folder Create a new folder P91 Adding a widget to the Home screen_ Kisekae Change the backgro
263. oes not assume responsibility for disclosure of any information even after a master reset Loudness warning Avoid volume levels that may be harmful to your hearing This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions FE 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any change or modification not expressly approved by Sony Mobile Communications AB may void the user s authority to operate the equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation Appendix Index 302 Ifthis equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increas
264. of the inner side of the microUSB jack cover headset jack cover and back cover play important roles for keeping waterproof dustproof performance Do not remove or damage them Also prevent dust from adhering to them Headset jack cover microUSB jack cover Contents Precautions 25 Hi Removing back cover 4 Insert the tip of your finger into the groove at the bottom of the terminal and lift up the back cover in the direction of the arrow Hi Attaching back cover Check the orientation of back cover and attach it to the terminal by pressing the back cover as shown by arrow then 0 to fit and press the O parts firmly to check that no gap exists between the terminal and the back cover e Be careful not to hook the projection part on the edge of the back cover with finger when attaching the back cover It is recommended to replace the parts for maintaining waterproof dustproof property once every two years regardless of whether any abnormality is present DOCOMO replaces the parts as a chargeable service Bring the terminal to a sales outlet such as a DOCOMO specified repair office Contents Precautions 26 Do not perform actions shown in the illustrations below lt Example gt Using Soap Detergent Washing with Machine Applying strong Bath powder brush sponge washing water flow aK Using in hot Attaching spring sand mud Observe the following precautions to use the terminal pro
265. ogle voice search Speech Set for text to speech output Block Set whether to display recognized offensive offensive voice results words keyboard keyboard Pointer speed Set pointer speed of mouse etc Download Download voice recognition data for offline speech offline use recognition Bluetooth Set whether to record voice sound headset with Bluetooth headset If the phone language is set to English United Changing phone language States Hotword detection appears in the list 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Text to speech settings Language amp input gt Language Google Text Set language for text to speech and 2 Select a language and tap OK to speech audio synthesis engine to read out e When you select Japanese OK is Engine text displayed but its display varies by the Pico TTS Make settings for installed voice language you selected synthesis engine Speech rate Set speed at reading out text Listentoan Playback sample of audio synthesis example Settings 230 Japanese is not supported q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Backup amp reset gt Factory e Mark Erase internal storage to delete Set backup of applications etc or restore the terminal to the defaults by using Google on the internal storage account e Enter your screen unlock method as Back up my Setto backup applications settings required data data etc to Google server 9 Tap
266. ok data is copied to docomo account Information If phonebook item names e g Phone number etc of the other terminal are different from ones of your terminal the item names may be changed or deleted Also some text may be deleted in copied destination because savable characters in a phonebook entry vary by terminal e When backing up phonebook entries to microSD card data without Name cannot be copied e If microSD card is low on memory backup may not be done In that case delete unnecessary files to make available space OfficeSuite With OfficeSuite you can view files of Word Excel etc from the terminal or a microSD card q From the Home screen tap then tap OfficeSuite e When a registration screen appears follow the onscreen instructions e OfficeSuite starts Apps 201 Viewing the setting menu From the Home screen tap then tap Settings Mi Setting menu WIRELESS amp NETWORKS P202 DEVICE P214 PERSONAL P223 ACCOUNTS P232 SYSTEM P235 Information Alternatively from the Home screen tap and PB then tap Settings or drag the status bar downwards and tap Settings to display the Settings screen WIRELESS amp NETWORKS You can make settings related to networks such as Wi Fi Bluetooth function CEI 12 P26 POE 2 Airplane mode P208 P208 Tethering amp portable P209 hotspot Media server settings P255 Mobile networks P212 P261 NFC Osa
267. on The technical regulations and international guidelines set out limits for radio waves as the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR which is the value of absorbed energy in any 10 grams of tissue over a 6 minute period The SAR limit for mobile phones is 2 0 W kg The highest SAR value for this mobile phone when tested for use at the ear is 0 99 W kg There may be slight differences between the SAR levels for each product but they all satisfy the limit This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum required to reach the network Therefore in general the closer you are to a base station the lower the power output of the device This mobile phone can be used in positions other than against your ear This mobile phone satisfies the international guidelines when used with a carrying case or a wearable accessory approved by NTT DOCOMO or the manufacturer 2 In case you are not using the approved accessory please use a product that does not contain any metals and one that positions the mobile phone at least 1 5 cm away from your body The World Health Organization has stated that a large number of studies have been Appendix Index 292 performed over the last two decades to assess whether mobile phones pose a potential health risk To date no adverse health effects have been established as being caused by mobile phone use Please refer to the WHO website if you would li
268. on registered on Google Maps such as shops around the current location gt P192 BB Play Movies amp TV An application for accessing movie rental service of Google Play Select a movie you want to watch and rent it Before Using the Terminal 54 Play Books Download new books bestsellers etc from Google Play to read FM radio Use FM radio gt P155 TrackID Use a service that checks the information of playing music Calculator Perform basic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division Alarm amp clock Set alarm and view clock P 196 F Notes Create notes or voice notes and send them to another terminal to share information Also synchronize with Evernote docomo phonebook Activate DOCOMO phonebook application to manage contacts of your friends or colleagues gt P108 Phone Activate DOCOMO phone application to make receive calls and switch between calls gt P99 dmenu A shortcut application for dmenu to find contents that you used in i mode and joyful and convenient contents for smartphones readily gt P 136 dmarket An application for activating dmarket In dmarket you can purchase contents such as music video books etc Also applications on the Google Play are introduced gt P136 i Fv A i channel An application for using i channel DYYx b i concier An application for using i concier i concier is a service in which a mobile phone supports you
269. ons 28 Check the following before and after charging Check if the terminal is not wet Never charge the battery when the terminal is wet Accessories and optional devices are not waterproof dustproof When charging the battery when or after the terminal is wet adequately drain it and wipe off water with a dry clean cloth etc before connecting the supplied desktop holder or opening the microUSB jack cover When the microUSB jack cover is opened for charging close the cover firmly after charging It is recommended to use the desktop holder for charging to prevent water or dust from seeping inside through the microUSB jack Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder in a bathroom shower room kitchen lavatory or other highly humid area Doing so may cause fire or electric shock Do not touch the AC adapter or desktop holder with wet hands Doing so may cause electric shock Contents Precautions 29 Part names and functions or O d como X gt Front camera lens 2 Earpiece Light sensor Use for auto controlling of the screen brightness Proximity sensor Turns on or off the touch screen to prevent misoperation during a call Infrared data port 6 Touch screen Notification LED GPS antenna section 9 Camera lens FOMA Xi Wi Fi Bluetooth antenna section Flash Photo light Second microphone 42 2 mark 43 Back cover 4 FOMA Xi antenna section 4
270. onsume a lot of battery power or increase data communication volume during the synchronization e If you set a Google account and use Google in it Sync Google and Sync Google Auto Backup appear Tap any to synchronize and display instant upload photos in the Album in the terminal e Make sure to check if the data connection is available before sign in to the Google account For checking the data connection status see Status icon P45 Sync People details Setting Facebook account When you register or sign in Facebook you can display profile information published by online Friends to the phonebook Information e Ifyou do not have a Facebook account you can also create a new account in the following website http www facebook com 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Add account gt Facebook e Ifyou already have a Facebook account and set account from the phonebook etc of the terminal you need not add a new account Enter your sign in information e Ifyou have no Facebook account register an account e If you have Facebook account sign in E Setting Xperia with Facebook Set Facebook account to display PM in the status bar Drag the status bar downwards and set Xperia with Facebook to synchronize functions of applications in the terminal Drag the status bar downwards and tap Xperia with Facebook 2 Tap Done Information e Alternatively from the Settings scr
271. ontent appears 4 Tap FHSS Reserve gt 1004F 75 S Reserve only once YU APY H TS Reserve in series e When a message appears follow the onscreen instructions Information Programs contents may not be received in the following cases when the power is offwhile a program content is broadcasted when the battery is low when the terminal is in a poor reception area such as out of the Mobacas service area etc when a microSD card is not inserted when available memory in a microSD card or the internal storage is low Programs contents temporarily saved in a microSD card or the internal storage can be watched used only on the terminal When expiration date has passed for programs contents they are automatically deleted from the microSD card or internal storage You can also delete programs contents manually before the expiration date Programs contents may be automatically reserved even when you do not reserved YT 94 LOBH F49 Shift Time automatic reservation You can disable the Shift Time automatic reservation function When content data is not completely received due to the reception status of broadcast wave etc data may be automatically complemented via packet communication Y 7 KY 4 LOBRA Shift Time auto complement Apps 146 e You can disable the Shift Time auto complement function Reserving receiving recording a Real Time program content From the Home screen tap and NOTTV 2 T
272. ooting screen to determine a well balanced exposure automatically Center Put emphasis at the center of the shooting screen and measure photometry at whole view finder to adjust the exposure Average Adjust the exposure based on the brightness of the whole shooting screen E Spot Measure photometry only at the center of the shooting screen to adjust the exposure Image stabilizer Compensate for movements of the camera while recording a video On Reduce blur Off The stabilizer is not used E Geotagging Tag videos location information geotag for the recording spot Enable the location information service setting to add Geotag For details on location information service see Location services P 189 Ga On Geotag location information is added to specify the recording spot of the video Off Recording location cannot be viewed on a map BM appears while acquiring location information To pictures shot while acquiring location information geotags are not added Microphone Set whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos On Pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos Off Do not pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos Apps 174 E Touch capture Tap the recording screen to start stop recording a video On Tap the recording screen to start stop recording a video Off Tap the start recording icon stop recording icon to start stop recordin
273. ophone by dazzling eyes or surprising may occur etc to the terminal adjust the volume A ee ee ee adequately S Do not allow a foreign substance such as If the volume is too loud it may cause water and other liquids metal parts or difficulty in hearing Don t flammables to get in the docomo mini UIM Moreover if you barely hear the surrounding card or microSD card slot on the terminal sounds it may cause an accident Doing so may cause fire burns injury or electric shock Contents Precautions 10 Do Do Do Ifyou have a weak heart set the vibrator or ringtone volume carefully Failure to do so may affect your heart If you are wearing any electronic medical equipment check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer or vendor whether the operation may be affected by radio waves The radio waves from the terminal may affect electronic medical equipment Power off the terminal near electronic devices or equipment operating on high precision control or weak signals Failure to do so may interfere with the operation of electronic devices or equipment The followings are some electronic devices or equipment that you should be careful of Hearing aids implantable cardiac pacemaker implantable cardioverter defibrillator other electronic medical equipment fire detector automatic door and other automatically controlled devices or equipment If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker implantab
274. or the communications speed may lower Also you may hear noise or have a connection problem Communication may be interrupted or sound may be lost while streaming data etc In these cases do the following e Keep the terminal and Bluetooth device to be connected wirelessly 10 or more meters away from a wireless LAN device e Within 10 meters turn off the Bluetooth device to be connected Turning on Wi Fi From the Settings screen P 202 tap EMI of Wi Fi or drag it to the right Information e lt may take a few seconds before the Wi Fi connection is on e Alternatively drag the status bar downwards and tap Wi Fi to turn on off Wi Fi function Connecting to a Wi Fi network q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Wi Fi e Available Wi Fi open networks or secured Wi Fi networks are displayed 2 Select a Wi Fi network to connect e To connect to a protected Wi Fi network enter the password and tap Connect e To connect Wi Fi network with WPS compatible device tap jj or tap Bl then tap WPS Pin Entry Follow the onscreen instructions Settings 203 Information e The next time you connect to a Wi Fi network the password is saved in the terminal When the terminal is connected to Wi Fi network successfully Connected appears When a different message appears make sure the password security key When Connected does not appear even if you enter a correct password security key th
275. or cigarette lighter plug is correctly inserted to an outlet or cigarette lighter socket gt P 36 Appendix Index 267 e Check if the adapter cable and the terminal are set correctly gt P 36 e When using the AC Adapter 04 optional check if the microUSB plug of the AC adapter is connected to the terminal or supplied desktop holder correctly gt P 35 P 36 In case of using the desktop holder are the terminal s contacts for the desktop holder dirty Clean the contacts with a dry cotton swab etc if they are dirty When using Micro USB Cable 01 optional check if the PC is turned on If you execute calls communications or other function operations for along time while charging the terminal may become hot and the notification LED turns off charging stops or charging may not be completed In this case wait until the temperature of the terminal drops and charge again The notification LED blinks in red and the terminal cannot be operated e When the battery level is low charge the battery pack P 34 E Terminal operation Become hot while operating charging e While calling depending on the radio wave condition or call duration time the terminal may become hot This condition is not abnormal e While operating or charging or if you watch 1Seg record video etc for a long time while charging the battery pack the terminal and adapter may become hot There is no problem about operation and continue to use it The
276. ord then tap Next e When using NFC Osaifu Keitai lock for the first time enter a password to set Set security question and answer in case you forget the pattern following the onscreen instructions e Osaifu Keitai function is locked and or HB is displayed in the status bar Apps 141 Information e Note that you cannot cancel NFC Osaifu Keitai lock if the battery runs out while NFC Osaifu Keitai lock is set Be careful about remaining battery level If you cancel NFC Osaifu Keitai lock charge the terminal before canceling You need to unlock to use Osaifu Keitai menu while NFC Osaifu Keitai lock is set NFC Osaifu Keitai lock password is not be deleted even if you reset the terminal If you forget the password for NFC Osaifu Keitai lock tap Mf in the NFC Osaifu Keitai settings screen and tap Forget password then answer the secret question that you set when setting the password to unlock data stored in the IC card installed in the terminal When unlocking NFC Osaifu Keitai lock insert the same docomo mini UIM card as the one inserted when NFC Osaifu Keitai lock was set then unlock E NFC NFC is an abbreviation for Near Field Communication and a short range wireless communication method of international standard defined by ISO International Organization for Standardization You can use a contactless IC card function Reader Writer function RAM Peer to Peer communications function P2P
277. ormation is added to specify the shooting spot of the photo Off Shooting location cannot be viewed on a map BM appears while acquiring location information To pictures shot while acquiring location information geotags are not added Preview Set the time duration for displaying preview right after shooting Unlimited Display preview without limit of period 5 seconds Display preview for 5 seconds 3 seconds Display preview for 3 seconds Off Do not display preview Apps 168 Mi Auto upload Automatically upload shot pictures to PlayMemories Online Auto upload Shot images are automatically uploaded Tapping the icon opens the setting screen Mark PlayMemories Online and follow the onscreen instructions Touch capture Tap the shooting screen to shoot an image K On Tap the shooting screen to shoot an image Off Tap the shutter icon to shoot e Even when Touch capture is set to ON pressing az shoots a picture Data storage Set the saving location for shot pictures E Internal storage Save shot pictures in the internal storage SD card Save shot pictures in a microSD card Burst speed Set continuous shooting speed The setting is available only when the capturing mode P 161 is set to Burst High Shoot at high speed and 1280720 image size with 16 9 aspect ratio Middle Shoot at medium speed and 3920x2204 image size with 16 9 aspect ratio Low Shoot at low speed
278. ory card to moisture Do not touch terminal connections with your hand or any metal object Do not strike bend or drop the memory card Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the memory card Do not use or store the memory card in humid or corrosive locations or in excessive heat such as a closed car in summer in direct sunlight or near a heater etc Do not press or bend the end of the memory card adapter with excessive force Do not let dirt dust or foreign objects get into the insert port of any memory card adapter Check if you have inserted the memory card correctly Appendix Index 301 e Insert the memory card as far as it will go into any memory card adapter needed The memory card may not operate properly unless fully inserted We recommend that you make a backup copy of important data We are not responsible for any loss or damage to content you store on the memory card Recorded data may be damaged or lost when you remove the memory card or memory card adapter turn offthe power while formatting reading or writing data or use the memory card in locations subject to static electricity or high electrical field emissions Mi Protection of personal information Erase personal data before disposing ofthe product To delete data perform a master reset Deleting data from the phone memory does not ensure that it cannot be recovered Sony Mobile Communications AB does not warrant against recovery of information and d
279. osure The guidelines include a safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons and to account for any variations in measurements Specific Absorption Rate SAR is used to measure radio frequency energy absorbed by the body when using a mobile phone The SAR value is determined at the highest certified power level in laboratory conditions but because the phone is designed to use the minimum power necessary to access the chosen network the actual SAR level can be well below this value There is no proof of difference in safety based on difference in SAR value Products with radio transmitters sold in the US must be certified by the Federal Communications Commission FCC When required tests are performed when the phone is placed at the ear and when worn on the body For body worn operation this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines Please use an accessory designated for this product or an accessory which contains no metal and which positions the handset a minimum of 1 5 cm from the body For more information about SAR and radio frequency exposure go to http www sonymobile co jp product SAR in Japanese only Appendix Index 299 E Flight mode Bluetooth and WLAN functionality if available in the device can be enabled in Flight mode but may be prohibited onboard aircraft or in other areas where radio transmissions are prohibited In such environments please seek proper authorisat
280. ot reach Mobacas 1Seg antenna e Pull out the Mobacas 1Seg antenna thoroughly until it fixed e Mobacas 1Seg antenna can be rotated 360 degrees Rotate it toward a direction for good signal reception Information e To operate Mobacas 1Seg antenna be careful about the followings Apps 144 To change the direction of Mobacas 1Seg antenna hold around the root of Mobacas 1Seg antenna and confirm the direction For stowing shorten Mobacas 1 Seg antenna and direct it straight and then stow it with careful attention to the orientation oftop of Mobacas 1Seg antenna Improving reception status Fully extending the Mobacas 1Seg antenna and changing the antenna direction or moving to other location may improve signal reception Watching programs contents 1 From the Home screen tap and NOTTV e Ahome screen of NOTTV appears e When you activate for the first time a terms for use appears Tap AES Agree to perform initial settings automatically Perform the initial settings in a place with good communication environment e When a guidance etc appears follow the onscreen instructions 2 Tap athumbnail of program content Information e When watching Real Time program you can select channels by flicking the screen left or right To view in full screen turn the terminal sideways or on the portrait screen tap an image of program content and tap 8 Viewing structure of content
281. ou can change the date and time in the 2 Drag number to adjust date terminal Tap Set To set date time or time zone manually unmark Automatic date amp time or Automatic time zone to disable network 1 provided time time zone in advance Automatic date amp Adjust date and time 2 time automatically by using network provided information Automatic time zone Adjust time zone automatically by using network provided information Setting the time From the Settings screen P 202 tap Date amp time Set time Drag number to adjust hour and minute e When you unmark Use 24 hour format drag am or pm to switch AM PM Setdate E P235 dQ Tap Set Setting the time zone Use 24 hour format P236 Choose date format P236 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Date time gt Select time zone Select time zone you want to set Settings 235 Setting the time format 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Date amp time 2 Mark unmark Use 24 hour format e Mark the checkbox to shift to 24 hour format and unmark to shift to 12 hour format Setting the date format q Fromthe Settings screen P 202 tap Date time Choose date formatl 2 Select date format you want to set You can set user support service which sounds or vibrates according to users operation and call end operation TalkBack Set user support service TalkBack Magnification gestur
282. ouch You can check your own phone number battery status legal information etc oftware Update P279 Upgrade Android P283 software Application update Download new applications or update applications Check your own phone number battery status battery level etc Check open source license or Google terms of use etc Model number Check version and Android version number Baseband version Kernel version Legal information Build number Settings 237 Folders in the internal storage by default are as follows e Displayed folders may differ depending on the terminal operations Android Stores setting data for system or each application temporary files etc Notifications Stores notification files used by Google Also stores music data etc you want to set as notification sound Stores a part of information com sonyericsson notes of Notes application If you delete this folder the data may not be displayed correctly recovery Stores update package for a update ane downloaded T through browser You can save data in the terminal to microSD card or import data from the microSD card to the terminal You can use microSD card for any other compatible devices e The terminal supports microSD card of up to 2GB and microSDHC card of up to 32GB microSDXC card of up to 64GB As of September 2013 For compatible microSD cards contact manufacturers of microSD cards
283. our current location can be positioned using GPS Wi Fi or mobile network If you use GPS technology it may take a little longer but it will find your position with high precision If you use Wi Fi or mobile network your position is found shortly but accuracy may decrease Use GPS Wi Fi and mobile network in combination to quickly find your position with high precision The terminal has a GPS receiver that uses satellite signals to calculate your location Some GPS features use the Internet Data rates and charges may apply When you use GPS function to find your location make sure you have a clear view of the sky If GPS does not find your location after several minutes move to another location To help the search stand still and do not cover the GPS antenna section P 30 The first time you use the GPS it may take about 10 minutes to find your location e Use the GPS system with great care DOCOMO is not liable for any damage caused by abnormality of the system Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities for any purely economic loss including those due to missing a chance to check the measurement communication results because of external factors including the running out of the battery such as a failure malfunction or any other problems of the terminal or the power failure You cannot use the terminal as a navigation device for an aircraft vehicle and person Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoe
284. our location information as well as personal information recorded on the terminal Therefore verify the supplier and operating conditions of the applications to be used before using them e This terminal has Xi Area FOMA Plus Area and FOMA HIGH SPEED Area support e The terminal does not support i mode sites programs or i appli Contents Precautions 5 The terminal automatically performs communication for synchronizing data checking the latest software version maintain connection with the server etc If you transmit a large amount of data such as downloading applications or watching video a packet communication charge becomes high Subscription of packet flat rate service is highly recommended Depending on the applications or service you use packet communication charge may be applied even in Wi Fi communication Since Mobacas is a service linking communication using the service requires packet communication charge Subscription of packet flat rate service is recommended Public mode Driving mode is not supported Setting the terminal to the silent mode does not mute sounds for shutter playback of video or music alarm dial pad touch tones during a call sound emitted when tapping End call etc The name of the operator is displayed on unlock screen P39 To check your phone number own number from the Home screen tao and tap Settings About phone Status to see My phone number To check the
285. ously taken is indicated Tap to open the list screen for pictures continuously taken 6 Shutter icon still picture Start Stop recording icon video Switching to the front camera icon Navigation bar iy View playback screen of photos and videos recording screen Information e On the shooting screen pinch out in or press to zoom in out When capturing mode P161 is set to Sweep Panorama Front camera or Front video zoom is not available e To end the camera tap Navigation bar then tap E Video recording screen Capturing mode icon P161 Display area of icons showing selected settings Apps 160 q Press and hold A for overa second e The shooting screen P160 appears 2 On the shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then select capturing mode Capturing mode icon E Capturing mode ES Superior auto The camera detects its state such as fixed 4 and moving and determines most suitable scene effect When the state is detected an icon appears When scene is recognized scene icon and scene name appear Soft snap Landscape Backlight Backlight portrait Night scene Night Low light portrait Document Macro Infant or Spotlight is recognized fey Normal A standard shooting mode Video camera Record videos P 170 Burst Pictures can be shot continuously P 179 Picture effect Apply various picture effects to p
286. owing functions may not be available Obtaining Updating from the IC card reader sharing ToruCa moving to microSD card copying displaying map Some ToruCa which can be displayed in a map from ToruCa details may not be displayed in a map from the ToruCa list depending on the IP settings While NFC Osaifu Keitai lock is set you cannot obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader If you mark EEF 1 Y 9 Duplication check obtaining the same ToruCa redundantly is not available To obtain the same ToruCa redundantly unmark SEF 1 Y 7 Duplication check When you send ToruCa attaching to email it is sent in the condition before obtaining ToruCa details e Depending on email application ToruCa received via the emails may not be saved e Depending on browser ToruCa cannot be obtained e When ToruCa is moved copied to the microSD card it is moved copied in the condition before obtaining ToruCa details e You may not be able to obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader if you do not make initial setting for Osaifu Keitai Mobacas is a broadcasting service for smartphones You can use 2 watching styles Real Time broadcasting in real time style that allows you to watch programs in real time and Shift Time broadcasting in storage style that allows you to enjoy comic novels music games etc as well as movies and dramas anytime and anywhere Also you can enjoy new broadcasting services linked to social network servi
287. p Recorded programs Connect a plug of a commercially e Video file list appears available earphone set or headphone to the headset jack of the terminal 3 Tap a program you want to play Information 2 From the Home screen tap e Touch and hold a program to change or delete title then tap FM radio display properties Tap Bl on the recorded file list screen to set play E hae e appeals O mode select delete all display available memory channel starts automatically Ihe searc space ends when radio waves are received Tap M to select channel Using program guide e You can also select channel by flicking q On the 1Seg watching screen the screen left and right GO P 150 tap B 4 Tap aa 2 Tap Program guide 5 Entera name select a color then e After this step follow the onscreen tap Save instructions e The frequency bands of selected channels are registered to Favorites Apps 155 6 Tostop the FM radio tap W Information Alternatively on the FM radio screen tap PB and Search for channels to search e Up to 8 one byte or two byte characters can be entered as a favorite name You can return to the Home screen to perform another operation while listening to FM radio in the background To return to the FM radio screen from the Home screen tap then tap FM radio or drag the status bar downward and tap FM radio If you cannot receive Japanese FM radio progr
288. pdate at the preset time could not be performed the software update will be performed at the same time the following day Software cannot be updated automatically when the Auto update setting is set to Manual Update or while updating software by Now update Updating software immediately Software update starts immediately e There are 2 ways to activate software update activating from Software update notice screen and activating from the menu From the Home screen tap and tap Settings gt About phone gt Software Update 2 Start the software update gt Tap Yes e For activating from Software update notice screen display the Software update notice screen and tap Start update e Ready for update Please refrain from starting other application is displayed then rewriting starts automatically Tap OK to start rewriting automatically e While updating the software all key operations become disabled Also updating cannot be canceled e When the software update is complete the terminal restarts and the Home screen is displayed Information e If software update is not needed No update is needed is displayed Appendix Index 281 Mi Post update display IM appears on the status bar Drag the status bar downwards and tap the notification a message indicating that software update is complete appears Reserving software update You can preset time to update the software if you want to spe
289. peat Set a day of the week for the alarm Alarm sound Set alarm sound Snooze duration Set time interval to sound the ringtone again after stopping the ringtone Alarm text Enter texts that appear while alarm is sounding Style settings Mark the checkbox and tap to set displayed image and sounded alarm while sounding alarm alarm time Drag the slider left or right to adjust the volume level Set whether to sound alarm even mode in silent mode Set behavior when pressing La while alarm is sounding Auto silent time Set time interval until alarm automatically stops If Style settings is marked this setting is disabled To set Alarm sound unmark Style settings Information To enable disable alarm on the alarm screen tap W or touch and hold an alarm and tap Turn alarm on Turn alarm off e When an alarm is turned on the line under Y lights blue Deleting the alarm q Onthe alarm screen tap ug and mark alarm to delete 2 Tap Delete gt Yes e The number of marked alarms appears on the right of Delete Information e Alternatively on the alarm screen touch and hold an alarm you want to delete then tap Delete alarm Yes to delete the alarm Stopping an alarm while the alarmis sounding While alarm is sounding drag El to the right Information e If you tap Snooze the alarm sounds again when the time set in Snooze duration P 197 has passed
290. perly e Accessories and optional devices are not waterproof dustproof Do not apply water flow stronger than allowed water flow of 6L min or more e g such water flow that gives you pain when applied to your skin directly from a faucet or shower SO 04E provides IPX5 waterproofness but doing so may cause malfunction If the terminal gets wet with salt water sea water refreshing beverage or mud or sand adhered wash it immediately If they dry out itis hard to remove the dirt and it may cause damage or malfunction Soaking in ocean water e Do not put the terminal in hot water use it in a sauna or apply hot airflow from a hair dryer etc to it Do not move the terminal in water or slam the terminal against the surface of water If you put the terminal in tap water be sure to have it within 30 minutes When you use the terminal in swimming pool obey rules of the facility The terminal does not float on water Do not leave water on the terminal In cold region the terminal freezes up and may cause malfunction Do not leave water on the microphone earpiece speaker flash photo light second microphone or strap hole Such water may interfere with talking If the terminal gets splashed with water or other liquid while microUSB jack cover headset jack cover or back cover is opened the liquid may get inside the terminal causing electric shocks or malfunction Stop using the terminal turn off the power and
291. ping Moji Henshu Xperia Chinese Select all Select all entered text C keyboard Xperia Japanese From the Home screen tap then tap Settings gt Language input Copy Copy a selected character string e Settings screen for respective input Paste a copied cut character method appears Tap an item displayed amg on the screen to set Y Complete Close the edit menu HC keyboard Xperia keyboard ing Information 4 i Information l The items vary depending on the input method e To paste a copied or cut character string touch and e Alternatively while entering characters drag the hold a position where you want to insert then tap status bar downwards and tap Choose input PASTE Alternatively when texts are entered tap a method Set up input methods then tap PY for position where you want to insert thentap and each input method to display PASTE e Edit menu icons vary by applications e In the landscape screen editing menu may not be displayed e For some applications this function is not available Before Using the Terminal 77 Setting Xperia Japanese keyboard q From the Home screen tap then tap Settings gt Language amp input 2 Tap Ed on Xperia Japanese keyboard e The Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen appears Information e Alternatively on a character entry screen touch and hold EM or
292. pplication such as Google Maps you need to allow the Google application to access location information e Turn on the location information service setting beforehand P 190 From the Home screen tap then tap Settings Tap Location services ON Tap Let Google apps access your locatyion 4 Tapordragright of Let Google apps access your location Information e Ifyou set a Google account from the Home screen tap and Settings gt Google gt Location settings e If you do not set a Google account on the map screen tap Bl and Settings Location settings The Google Maps application allows you to view your current location find other locations and search routes Information e To use Google Maps enable data traffic LTE 3G GPRS or connect to Wi Fi e Google Maps does not cover the whole world e Only using LTE 3G Wi Fi connection may not detect some locations e Google may provide updated service or function 1 From the Home screen tap and Maps e When a message appears follow the onscreen instructions e A map screen appears Finding the current location on the map You can detect your current location using location information service Information e To detect current location enable the location information service P190 beforehand then allow Google application to access the location information P191 On the map screen tap OF e The blinking blue mar
293. r life like a butler or concierge Lao TIYY Ib Shabette concier Speak what you want to search or what you want to do to the terminal It understands your intention and display the best solution on the display from the services or functions of the terminal in Japanese only 74 KIVIY ay Photo collection Free storage service of photos videos They can be automatically categorized by recognized faces or scenes on the cloud E Media Player Play music and videos gt P184 NOTTV Watch Mobacas programs Enjoy programs contents of broadcasting stations such as NOTTV etc P143 Memo Create manage memos It supports i concier service Before Using the Terminal 55 Schedule Create manage schedule It supports i concier service ToruCa Acquire display search or refresh ToruCa gt P143 IC Tag Barcode Reader Read IC Tag and barcode E iD ZU iD application Make settings etc for use of electronic money D gt P142 El FR1 VY 97 Y 7 docomo backup An application for using T7 9 47 9 BIRD DtH EX Data Security Service EBaatik UY IT Y 7 Phonebook backup or SD7I N Mya Y 7J SD card backup Back up or restore phonebook data etc For information on docomo backup save to microSD card see N TE YI 7 Y7 docomo backup P 199 docomo Wi Fi Easy Connection An application for simply using docomo Wi Fi public wireless LAN service by DOCOMO or home Wi Fi Using the widget you can
294. r a home electric appliances or smart poster Electronic money or point values can be saved in the IC card or the docomo mini UIM card You can check credit payment or points of electronic money by using the network In addition you can lock your Osaifu Keitai to provide against loss or theft and you can use Osaifu Keitai with safe For details on Osaifu Keitai refer to NTT DOCOMO website Apps 138 iC transfer service The iC transfer service is a service which helps you transfer all data in the IC card for Osaifu Keitai to your new Osaifu Keitai when you change Osaifu Keitai for changing of the model or repair Data in the docomo mini UIM card remains the same after using the iC transfer service Visit a sales outlet such as docomo Shop to use the C transfer service For details on iC transfer service refer to NTT DOCOMO website Precautions on using the Osaifu Keitai compatible terminal e The data in the IC card or the docomo mini UIM card may be lost or modified because of the malfunction of the terminal When we take your terminal for repair etc as we cannot take it with data remained you are required to erase the data by yourself For support such as reissuance restoration temporary preservation or transfer of data contact Osaifu Keitai compatible service providers For important data be sure to use a service with backup service e If the data in the IC card or the docomo mini UIM card is
295. r notifies its caller ID it is not displayed on the terminal unless the network or network operator notifies it And a different caller ID may be notified depending on the network or network operator you use Data management Data transfer is not performed e Check if USB hub is used If you use USB hub operations may not be performed correctly Data saved in microSD card is not displayed e Remove the microSD card and insert it again P 239 When trying to display an image x appears instead of it Or x appears for the demo play or the preview function e X may appear instead of destroyed image data Appendix Index 272 Mi Bluetooth function E Map GPS The terminal cannot be connected to a Cannot set AUTO GPS service Bluetooth communication device A information Bluetooth communication device cannot e Check if the battery level is low and AUTO be found from the terminal GPS function is stopped e Make Bluetooth communication device If AUTO GPS is stopped by Low power commercial item registering stand by operation settings AUTO GPS service state and then register the device on the information cannot be set In this case set terminal If you delete already registered Low power operation settings to Not device and register the device again as a suspend or charge the battery gt P 34 new device delete the registrations on P both Bluetooth communication device e Check if AUTO GPS operation settings is
296. r people and disclosing it by such means as posting it on a site on the Internet without their consent because of possible infringement of their right of portrait Trademarks The company names and product names appearing in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders e FOMA i mode i appli Deco mail sp mode WORLD WING WORLD CALI ToruCa mopera mopera U iD Xi and logo of Xi are trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT DOCOMO INC Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc and Sony Mobile Communications is licensed to use them E Bluetooth iWnn of OMRON SOFTWARE Co Ltd is used for conversion methods for Japanese language iWnn OMRON SOFTWARE Co Ltd 2008 2013 All Rights Reserved Wi Fi is a registered trademark of Wi Fi Alliance Wi Fi Protected Setup Wi Fi Protected Setup logo and Wi Fi CERTIFIED Miracast are trademarks of Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED e Catch Phone Call waiting service is a registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation Appendix Index 306 Rovi G GUIDE G GUIDE MOBILE G e microSD logo microSDHC logo and and their logos are trademarks or dilli microSDXC logo are trademarks of SD 3C LLC registered trademarks in Japan of Miero misro misro U S Rovi Corporation and or its affiliates g XE E 7 A is a trademark of Japan fa is a registered trademark of Fe
297. racter input box for Reading and fill it out o AO N Enter a word in the input box for Word and tap ZT Done on the software keyboard G Tap Save Information e Words registered to My words Japanese are displayed as conversion candidates when entering Hiragana Kanji in phonepad QWERTY Japanese syllabary Kana handwriting and Kanji handwriting input Before Using the Terminal 82 e Words registered to My words English are displayed as conversion candidates when entering alphabet in phonepad QWERTY Japanese syllabary Kana handwriting During Kanji handwriting input they are not displayed in the conversion candidates Up to 50 characters regardless of one byte or two byte characters can be stored for a Reading and Word and up to 500 items can be stored in the user dictionary Added user dictionary can be edited or deleted To edit select an added user dictionary and tap Pl then tap Edit for editing and tap Save To delete select an added user dictionary and tap PB then tap Delete Delete To delete all user dictionary tap E then tap Delete all gt Delete Setting Words by learning Learn words selected from the conversion candidates to display as the preferred candidate when entering characters q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Dictionaries gt Learn words 2 Mark Save words while typing e To reset already learned words tap Delete saved words Delete
298. rade Android software is performed restoring the previous Android This function allows you to connect the e Upgrade Android software with the battery network check if Android software in the fully charged o E For Upgrade Android software docomo mini terminal needs to be upgraded and download update file to upgrade if Ne i dni paa de necessary n subscription to sp mode is Check the notification icon Upgrade Android es isooctane di software on the status bar or the NTT Ea A A DOCOMO website for available Android Android software Activating applications rara while upgrading may interrupt Upgrade e Android software The following updates are applied to the D fth ma h terminal by Upgrade Android software O E E battery pack while upgrading e Improving and adding functions l l Opetability enhancement While performing Upgrade Android software all functions of the terminal including PO ually making receiving calls are unavailable e Security patch update J J l ee ilable in To use the terminal in safety and more Upgrade Android software is unavailable comfortably be sure to upgrade to the latest the following cases During a call version du le When E9 out of service area is displayed Information During International roaming e Upgrade Android software can be done with data During Airplane mode saved to the terminal note that data may not be Tethering in use always a pl on the ed of your
299. rd still image video or ToruCa at a time Datacommunication 243 Mi Receiving 1 item 1 2 3 From the Home screen tap O then tap Infrared Tap Receive gt OK When receiving is complete tap OK gt OK E Receiving all items E WN From the Home screen tap then tap Infrared Tap Receive all Enter docomo apps password and tap OK Enter the same authentication password as that of the sender and tap OK gt OK gt OK gt OK SS eo Information 1 item of data can be received using infrared communication widget To add infrared communication widget touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap Widget Infrared From the Home screen tap Ei of PIB infrared communication widget and follow the onscreen instructions When phonebook entries spo mode mail and schedule amp memo are received data on the terminal is deleted before saved You cannot receive two or more videos at a time You may not save received data if the phone memory is full A file name may be changed when saving A file named with 127 characters or more Unicode may not be saved properly Datacommunication 244 Using Bluetooth function Bluetooth function is a technology which enables to connect with Bluetooth device such as PC handsfree headset wirelessly To communicate with Bluetooth device turn Bluetooth function on and pair or connect the terminal and the B
300. res with various picture effects Setting picture effects 4 Press and hold A for overa second e The shooting screen P160 appears 2 Onthe shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Picture effect 3 Selecta picture effect e Select from Nostalgic Miniature Vivid Filter Fisheye Sketch Partial color Harris shutter or Kaleidoscope Information e On the screen for selecting a picture effect press to capture a screenshot e Resolution for the picture effect is 2M The resolution cannot be changed Taking a picture using picture effect q Set picture effect and point the camera at the object e Tap or pinch to change the picture effect setting 2 Press a e Alternatively tap the shutter icon to shoot e Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage or a microSD card Information e When you shoot a picture using picture effect Touch capture P 162 is not available Use Sweep Panorama to shoot panoramic image with wide angle Aligning the white frame on the screen with the black frame move the camera slowly toward the set shooting direction to shoot Setting Sweep Panorama Press and hold A for overa second e The shooting screen P160 appears 2 Onthe shooting screen tap the capturing mode icon P 161 then tap Sweep Panoramal Tap El E to set Shooting direction P 169 or Photo light P 169 Shoot
301. restores to the default Restore by operating again User dictionary and Words by learning are not backed up onto microSD card You can view the detailed explanations on the high performance Xperia Japanese keyboard from the basic to application The latest information can be obtained from the websites for extensions or keyboard skins On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap POBox Touch User Guide e POBox Touch User Guide appears Information Touch and hold MY in the Kana handwriting input screen to activate the Kana handwriting input guide in the POBox Touch User Guide Japanese or touch and hold EJ in the Kanji handwriting input screen to activate Kanji handwriting input guide with which you can view the detailed explanations for the handwriting input Before Using the Terminal 84 USB keyboard Bluetooth keyboard Connect USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard that supports HID Human Interface Device profile with the terminal to enter characters E Using JIS keyboard 1 Connect a USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard and drag the status bar downwards then tap Select keyboard layout e If a notification does not appear on the Status bar from the Home screen tap and Settings Language amp input Tap a name of USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard connected to the terminal Tap Set up keyboard layouts gt Japanese JIS keyboard is set Tap Lat etc to end se
302. ribution to you on a CD ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution such as the cost of media shipping and handling upon written request to Sony Mobile Communications AB Open Source Software Management Nya Vattentornet SE 221 88 Lund Sweden This offer is valid for a period of three 3 years from the date of the distribution of this product by Sony Mobile This product and its accessories may be covered and controlled by Japan s export control regulations Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law and related laws and regulations If you wish to export this product and or its accessories you must complete the necessary procedures at your own responsibility and cost For details about the procedure contact the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Appendix Index 305 Intellectual Property Right About the Copyright and Portrait rights Copyrighted contents you recorded or obtained from sites or Internet home pages using this product by downloading or other means such as documents images music data software are prohibited from reproduction transformation and transmission over public lines without consent of the copyright holders unless intended for personal use or any other purpose permitted by law Note that some performances shows and exhibitions may not allow photography movie shooting or sound recording even for personal use You should also refrain from taking a picture of othe
303. rname Email and Password Enter Google account and the password and tap Sign in to unlock the screen lock e To set anew screen unlock method after unlocking screen lock set screen unlock method from the Choose screen lock screen again Information e Ifyou set multiple Google accounts enter one of those accounts and password to unlock the screen E If you set PIN or Password Please contact a docomo Shop Canceling screen lock You can cancel screen lock pattern after you set q From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security gt Screen lock 2 Enter the current unlock pattern PIN password 3 Tap None Permitting downloading unknown sources application e Before you can download unknown source s applications set the terminal to enable downloading Applications you download may be of unknown origin To protect your terminal and personal data only download applications from trusted sources such as the Google Play etc 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security 2 Tap Unknown sources 3 Read the notes and then tap OK e Unknown sources is marked Settings 229 A ose e If you choose the wrong language and cannot read You can select language and input method the menu texts see the FAQ of the following website http www sonymobile co jp so 04e faq html In Japanese ony o UA a Google voicetyping P77 Xperia Chinese Language Select language used for Go
304. ropped Do not power off the terminal for at least 10 minutes after the emergency call just in case the Police or Fire Ambulance may have to get in contact with you Phone 100 Note that you may not connect to the local Fire Department or Police Station depending on where you are calling from In this case try to call from a public phone or a land line phone in the neighborhood Making an international call WORLD CALL For details on WORLD CALL refer to DOCOMO International Services website 1 From the Home screen tap then tap Dial tab 2 Touch and hold 0 key until sign appears e When making an international call is replaced by an international access code 3 Enter Country code Area code City code gt The number of the recipient and tap e Ifthe area code begins with 0 omit 0 However 0 may be required to dial to some countries or areas such as Italy A When the call is finished tap End call When receiving a call drag left to EX right When the call is finished tap End call Information e Even if the screen lock is set you can answer a call by the same operation Muting the ringtone for an incoming call q When receiving a call press 10 Information e You can stop vibration by pressing when silent mode vibration is set e On the Home screen etc press upper or lower of to adjust the ringtone volume For silent mode setting see Settin
305. ry cotton swab etc When cleaning be careful not to damage the terminals Do not leave the terminal near the air conditioning vent Extreme temperature changes may produce condensation and corrode the internal parts of the terminal causing it to malfunction Make sure to use the terminal etc without excessive force If you put the terminal in a bag full of items or sit down with the terminal in the pocket of your cloth it may damage the display internal circuit board battery pack etc and cause malfunction If doing so while the external device is connected to the microUSB jack or headset jack it may damage the connector and cause malfunction Do not rub or scratch the display with metal The display may get scratched and it may cause malfunction or damage Read the users manuals supplied with optional devices Contents Precautions 17 Mi The terminal precautions Do not press touch screen surface forcibly or not operate with a sharp pointed objects such as nail ballpoint pen pin etc Doing so may cause damage of touch screen Do not use the terminal in extremely hot or cold places Use the terminal where the temperature ranges between 5 and 35C and humidity ranges between 45 and 85 Using the terminal near land line phone television or radio may cause interference in these electric appliances Make sure to move far away from them when using the terminal Note down the information saved in the termina
306. s bal J Lo al il all a k4 CA B i Fi open network available onnecting to a VPN request notification received Problem with sync Wi Fi tetheri Mobile data communication invalid W C Setting USB tethering Fi tethering ON Setting Bluetooth tethering Setting USB tethering Wi Fi tethering and Bluetooth tethering Positioning with GPS AUTO GPS is set Green Heart energy saving icon remove the AC adapter from the power outlet Setting Omakase Lock Available memory on the terminal is low Notification of data transfer to microSD card exists available internal storage decrease EN E LJ ral Li al I A EN si B e D Appears when switched to the Home screen etc Before Using the Terminal 47 Notification panel When notification icons appear on the status bar you can open the Notification panel to check the notifications activate corresponding application etc You can open the Notification panel to set silent mode enable disable Wi Fi function etc Drag the status bar downwards e Tap to close the Notification panel Quick settings Notification panel Information e When screen unlock method P 228 is set to Swipe Touch you can open the Notification panel without canceling screen lock by dragging the status bar downwards e On the Notification panel number of unread mails missed calls and name of callers can be checked Depending on the notific
307. s not sufficient for software update When the available memory of the terminal is not sufficient for software update When the terminal is out of service area or during international roaming updating software is not available even though you are connected via Wi Fi Software update downloading or rewriting may take time Making receiving calls communications functions and other functions are disabled during software update Only incoming calls can be answered while downloading Stay in a place with strong radio wave condition when updating software Software update may be canceled if the radio wave condition is not good enough Appendix Index 279 e If software update is not needed No update is needed appears During international roaming or when the terminal is out of service area When docomo Update file is automatically downloaded and network is not available or during roaming software is updated at the specified time software update is not available even if Wi Fi is connected or When docomo networkisnot Automatic update setting available or during roaming install cannot be started even if Wi Fi is connected appears The same messages appear even while e The settings of Software Update is set to Automatic Update by default connecting via Wi Fi 1 From the Home screen tap and e SMS sent during software update is stored in tap Settings gt About the SMS center phone gt Soft
308. sekae contents by tapping Search to download from website To delete added Kisekae contents select the Kisekae to delete and tap Delete Delete Changing wallpaper 1 In Select an action menu P 88 tap Wallpaper 2 Tap any of Album Live Wallpapers Xperia wallpapers e When you tap Album select an image and set range of the image by dragging to adjust the cropping frame and then tap Crop to set wallpaper e When you tap Live Wallpapers select a content and tap Set wallpaper For some contents you can change type or contents displayed on the wallpaper by tapping Settings e When you tap Xperia wallpapers select an image and tap Set wallpaper Information e You can also download wallpapers from websites and add it e Alternatively you can change from the Home screen tap and tap Settings Display Wallpaper docomo Palette Ul 93 7 z Information Application screen e When the instruction guide for the Application screen appears tap Do not show this again Set 1 From the Home screen tap e To close the Application screen tap or LA Applications button Touch and hold an application icon then tap About e The Application screen appears to check the application information e If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial settings P40 some group names are displayed in ee Japanese even after the language setting is changed These group names
309. select and delete several emails in Inbox mark frequency check new emails you want to delete tap ja and Delete Mark messages at least 1 email and tap X selected Mark all to automatically and mark all emails intervals of automatic check Auto Set whether to download download attached attachments file automatically when connecting 4 From the Home screen tap via Wi Fi then tap Email NOTIFICATION Email Set whether to show Tap and Settings SETTINGS notifications email arrival 2 notification in the 3 Tap an Email account you want to status bar change the settings for Select Set ringtone when ringtone receiving an email Account name Change account z Haie Vibrate Set whether to vibrate when Your name Change your name receiving an email sender name o Notification Setwhetherto signature reception by Quick reply Register phrase that notification LED can be inserted SERVER SETTINGS Set incoming pat creating an outgoing server email SECURITY Select certificate set Default account Set whether to send digital signature or email by default if encryption you set two or more email accounts Delete account Te account 1 Appears when a Gmail account gmail com etc is set Mail Web browser 125 2 While the silent mode mute is set the terminal 5 Set Inbox check frequency mark does not vibrate when receiving an email required items and tap Next Information e Ifa s
310. soft Word 97 2010 doc docx Word tf txt log docm Appendix Index 289 E Display language Japanese Indonesian Malay Sundanese Bosnian Catalan Czech Danish German Germany German Liechtenstein German Austria German Switzerland Esthonian English Australia English Canada English Hong Kong English India English Ireland English Uamaica English New Zealand English Philippines English Singapore English South Africa English United Kingdom English United States Spanish Argentina Spanish Bolivia Spanish Chile Spanish Colombia Spanish Costa Rica Spanish Ecuador Spanish El Salvador Spanish Spain Spanish United states Spanish Guatemala Spanish Honduras Spanish Mexico Spanish Nicaragua Spanish Panama Spanish Paraguay Spanish Peru Spanish Puerto Rico Spanish Dominican Republic Spanish Uruguay Spanish Venezuela Basque French Belgique French Canada French France French Switzerland Galician Croatia lcelandic Italian Italy Italian Switzerland Javanese Latvian Lithuanian Hungarian Dutch Belgium Dutch Netherlands Norwegian Polish Portuguese Brazil Portuguese Portugal Romanian Albanian Slovak Slovene Serbian Finnish Swedish Tagalog Vietnamese Turkish Greek Bulgar Kazakh Macedonian Russian Ukrainian Hindu Bengalee Bangladesh Bengalee India Thai Korean Telugu Kannada Malayalam Marathi Tamil Chinese Traditional Chinese Simplifi
311. software version from the Home screen tap and tap Settings About phone You can perform software update by downloading an update file with a PC via Internet and connecting the PC to the terminal For details see Connecting to a PC and updating P 285 By upgrading Android software the operating system OS may be version upgraded for improving the terminal quality For this reason you always need to use the latest OS version And some applications that used in the previous OS version may not be available or some unintended bugs may occur You can use the terminal only with docomo mini UIM card If you have a UIM or FOMA card bring it to a docomo Shop to replace Set the screen lock to ensure the security of your terminal for its loss For details see Screen lock P227 If your terminal is lost change your each account password to invalidate authentication using a PC to prevent other persons from using Google services such as Gmail Google Play etc Facebook Twitter etc For services provided by Google refer to Google Terms of Service For other web services refer to each terms of service Google application and service contents are subject to change without prior notice Contents Precautions 6 e The terminal supports only so mode mopera U and Business mopera Internet Other providers are not supported e To use tethering subscription of sp mode is required e Packet communication charge when using
312. spot You can use the terminal as a Wi Fi access point to connect up to 10 wireless LAN devices to the Internet simultaneously 1 2 5 6 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Tethering amp portable hotspot Tap Portable Wi Fi hotspot settings gt Configure Wi Fi hotspot Enter a network SSID of the Wi Fi access point to set e Xperia feat HATSUNE MIKU_XXXxX is set by default Tap Security setting item and tap a security type of the Wi Fi network to set e None and WPA2 PSK appear Enter security information of the Wi Fi access point to set as required Tap Save Information e By default the password is set at random You can change the password as desired Setting Bluetooth tethering 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Tethering amp portable hotspot Tap Bluetooth tethering 2 3 Confirm Details then tap OK e Bluetooth tethering is marked Information e For using Bluetooth tethering from a Bluetooth device set it paired with the terminal For details on Bluetooth function see Using Bluetooth function P 245 e Bluetooth tethering can be used with USB tethering or Wi Fi tethering at the same time Settings 211 An access point for connecting to the Internet sp mode mopera U is already registered You can add or change it if necessary By default sp mode P 213 is set for the usual access point Checking
313. stations hereinafter referred to as another station Before using this equipment confirm that another station is not being operated nearby In the event of the terminal causing harmful radio wave interference with another station promptly change the operating frequency or stop radio wave emission by turning off the power etc Ifyou have further questions contact General Inquiries on the last page Mi Wireless LAN WLAN precautions Wireless LAN WLAN exchanges information using radio waves and allows you to freely establish LAN connection if you are within an area where radio wave reaches On the other side if you communicate without appropriate security settings communications may be intercepted or hacked by malicious parties It is recommended to make necessary security settings on your responsibility and expense Wireless LAN Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic devices such as electrical appliances or AV OA devices or in radio waves Magnetism or radio waves may increase noises or disable communications especially when using a microwave oven When used near TV radio etc reception interference may occur or channels on the TV screen may be disturbed Contents Precautions 21 If there are multiple wireless LAN access points nearby and the same channel is used search may not work correctly 2 4GHz device cautions The operating frequency band of the WLAN device is used by indus
314. t P 240 Settings Make the terminal settings gt P 202 sp E RX Jb sp mode mail Send receive mails using DOCOMO mail address adocomo ne jp You can use pictogram and Deco mail It supports auto reception gt P118 Infrared An application which allows you to send and receive phonebook data etc via infrared communication gt P242 1Seg Watch 1Seg program gt P149 E Osaifu Keitai Use Osaifu Keitai gt P 138 Sony Entertainment Network In the folder Let s start PSM Music Unlimited Video Unlimited B Reader by Sony e Book Reader by Sony and PlayMemories Online applications are stored E Socialife View manage SNS such as Facebook Twitter or favorite news websites etc collectively gt P 188 Chrome Connect to the Internet with Google Chrome YouTube Playback videos around the world or upload recorded videos gt P183 Google Search information in the terminal and web pages by keywords P 61 Voice Search Use Google Voice Search P61 Google Activate SNS client application Google provided by Google Google Settings Make settings for Google applications Messenger Chat with friends using Google instant messaging A Gmail Send and receive mails from to a Google account gt P128 EJ Hangouts Chat using photos pictogram video etc A Navigation Display Google Maps Navigation to receive detailed guides for your destination P 193 E Local Use various informati
315. t available overseas Mi Before using the terminal overseas refer to the followings e Mobile Phone User s Guide International Services e DOCOMO International Services website Information e For Country codes International call access codes Universal number international prefix supported countries areas and network operators refer to Mobile Phone User s Guide International Services or DOCOMO International Services Website Available services Main communication GSM Prone 0 Message GMS o 0 0 Era po po 0 Brower Po o 0 To use data communication during roaming mark Data roaming checkbox in Mobile network settings P261 Information e Some services are not available depending on the overseas network operator or network International roaming 258 Before using To use the terminal overseas check the following in Japan E Subscription e Check if you subscribe WORLD WING For details contact General Inquiries on the last page E Charging e For AC adapter for charging overseas travel use optional AC Adapter 03 or AC Adapter 04 E Usage charge e Overseas usage charges call and packet communication differ from those in Japan e Some applications perform communication automatically Packet communication charge may be higher For operations for each application ask the application provider Network service settings If you subscribe to network servi
316. t image files to delete tap uj and tap Delete When a file contains pictures continuously taken tap Delete cover Delete burst Delete Using optional menu View slideshow edit image set image to phonebook entry or as wallpaper check shooting date and time etc q Onthe picture viewing screen video playing screen tap the screen and tap H 2 From the displayed menu select item you want to use e After this step follow the onscreen instructions Information e Different options may be shown or some items cannot be operated in some image files e In Step 2 tap Throw to display the connection device selection screen if no devices are found tap Add new device to make the setting Select a device on the connection device selection screen to share files between a DLNA device Bluetooth device or screen mirroring device and the terminal YouTube is a free online video streaming service You can play search for and upload videos e A packet communication charge is applied when downloading or uploading video content using mobile networks From the Home screen tap O then tap YouTube If you do not set Google account the Google account setting screen appears Follow the onscreen instructions e When a message appears follow the onscreen instructions e A list of videos appears You can select from categories Apps 183 2 Tapa video to play it e Tap the screen to display play paus
317. t up the back cover to remove Remove the battery pack hook the projection part of the tray 0 with your fingertip pull out the tray straight and remove the docomo mini UIM card 3 Press the tray straight to the end install the battery pack and attach the back cover then make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover Before Using the Terminal 32 3 Attach the back cover and make Battery pack sure that there are no gaps e When installing removing the battery pack Dn e terminala na e pack make sure to power offthe terminal P39 Do COVEI not attach an AC adapter e For removing attaching the back cover see Removing battery pack He AN waterproofness dustproofness 4 Hook the groove on the bottom of P 25 P 26 the terminal with your fingertip and lift up the back cover to q Hook the groove on the bottom of 2 From the groove on the terminal the terminal with your fingertip hook the battery pack with your and lift up the back cover to fingertip and lift up the battery remove pack in the direction of arrow mark to remove Check position of charging contacts of the battery pack and insert the battery pack in the direction of arrow mark aligning the tabs of the terminal with the ones of the battery pack N Tabs 3 Attach the back cover and make sure that there are no gaps between the terminal and the back cover Before Using the Terminal 33 Ch
318. tap E and then tap BY to display the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen Alternatively while entering characters drag the status bar downwards and tap Choose input method Set up input methods then tap PY for Xperia Japanese keyboard to display Common settings of software keyboard Make keyboard settings such as Key sound Vibrate etc q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap On screen keyboard settings e Set items for COMMON ON SCREEN KEYBOARD SETTINGS Sound on Set whether to sound at the time of keypress key tapping Vibrationon _ Set whether to vibrate at the time of keypress key tapping Vibration When Vibration on keypress is set intensity you can set vibration intensity by dragging the slider left or right Pop up on Set whether to magnify tapped key keypress or display flick guide No of lines Set number of lines for conversion portrait candidates displayed in portrait mode Set number of lines for conversion candidates displayed in landscape mode No of lines landscape Information e Sound on keypress volume is linked to Ringtone amp notifications P214 of Volumes in Sound By default conversion candidates are set to be displayed in 2 lines in portrait landscape screen Before Using the Terminal 78 Keeping keyboard type Set to stabilize the last status of keyboard phonepad QWERTY Japanese syllabary keyboard Kana ha
319. te http www sonymobile co jp support In Japanese only GO E The terminal Produciname pow Size Approx 131mm H X approx 67mm W X approx 10 5mm T thickest part approx 10 5mm wm LENA Storage ROM 32GB RAM 2GB Compatible microSD card of up to external 2GB memory microSDHC card of up to 32GB microSDXC card of up to 64 GB as of September 2013 Continuous FOMA 3G Approx 420 hours stand by stationary time GSM Approx 360 hours stationary Approx 390 hours stationary Continuous FOMA 3G Approx 630 min calltime Gsm Approx 570 min LTE Appendix Index 286 Charging time AC Adapter 04 AC Adapter 03 Approx 160 min for Desktop Holder 5017 combination use approx 150 min Approx 210 min for Desktop Holder 5017 combination use approx 210 min Digital zoom Still image capture size Camera Max approx 16 0 x 41 levels Front camera Camera 4128X3096 13MP 4 3 3920X2940 12MP 43 DC Adapter 03 Approx 230 min Sear 3920X2204 9MP 1Seg watching time Approx 320 min 169 Mobacas watching time Approx 250 min 2592X1944 5MP 4 3 Display TFT16 777 216 colors 1920X 1080 2MP Approx 4 6 inch 16 9 640X480 VGA 4 3 Number of dots Camera pixels Horizontal 720 dotsX Vertical 1280 dots HD Camera Backside illuminated CMOS Front camera CMOS Camera 1 3 0 inch Front camera 1 13 0 inch Camera Effecti
320. ter or microUSB cable for charging P 267 If you use a charger other than the compatible one charging may not be available or operations may not be performed correctly Insert and remove the AC adapter cable or microUSB cable slowly and evenly so that excessive force is not applied If remaining battery level is low for activating the terminal when turning on the power the notification LED flashes in red three times by pressing When you start charging notification LED on the terminal turns red orange green and green light indicates that the battery level has reached 90 or more To check the battery level see the status bar at the top of the screen or from the Home screen tap and tap Settings About phone Status to see Battery level When the battery level has reached 100 battery level is displayed as 100 on the status bar or in Battery level and Charged appears on the unlock screen P39 e When the battery level is low Connect charger appears in the pop up screen Tap Power management to set Power Saver or check battery information P219 Also Connect your charger appears on the unlock screen e When you start charging with the terminal powered off the power turns on However you cannot operate the terminal Power off the terminal in a place where the use is prohibited such as in airplane or hospital for this reason When using supplied Desktop Holder S017 and AC Adapter 04 optional
321. tethering varies depending on the charging plan you use Subscription of packet flat rate service is highly recommended e For details on usage charge etc refer to the following website http www nttdocomo co jp english e Display is manufactured by taking advantage of highly advanced technology but some dots may be always or never lit Note that this shows characteristics of liquid crystal displays and not defects in the terminals Safety Precautions Always follow these directions E For safe and proper use of the terminal please read the Safety Precautions prior to use Keep the Manual in a safe place for future reference Mi ALWAYS observe the safety precautions since they intend to prevent personal injury or property damage E The following symbols indicate the different levels of injury or damage that may result if the guidelines are not observed and the terminal is used improperly Failure to observe these guidelines may immediately result in death or serious injury DANGER Failure to observe these guidelines may result in death or serious injury N WARNING Failure to observe these guidelines may result in injury and property damage AN CAUTION Contents Precautions 7 E The following symbols indicate specific directions Indicates prohibited actions Indicates not to disassemble Indicates not to use where it could get wet Indicates not to handle with wet hands
322. the access point in use 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Mobile networks gt Access Point Names e Available access points APN appear e It is recommended that you use the displayed access point without editing Information e When several available access points are displayed a marked radio button to the right indicates the active access point Setting an access point additionally 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Mobile networks gt Access Point Names Tap and New APN Tap Name enter a name and tap OK Tap APN and enter the access point name and tap OK a A WN Tap and enter all other information required by your network operator 6 Tap H and Save Information Do not change the MCC MNC If you change MCC MNC to the value other than the default value 440 10 the set new APN does not appear on the APNs screen When the set new APN does not appear on the APNs screen tap ff to make APN settings with Reset to default or New APN again Note that when using the prediction conversion by one byte alphabet entry mode English mode with mark in Auto space P 80 on Japanese keyboard settings screen spaces may be entered automatically when the prediction option is confirmed In this case delete spaces Settings 212 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt Mobile networks gt Access Point Names 2 Tap El and tap
323. thers gt Send via Infrared e To send an entry tap Send one select entry to send then tap OK gt OK e To send all phonebook entries tap Send all Tap Start enter docomo apps password tap OK then enter the same authentication password as that of the recipient and tap OK OK gt OK Information e When sending all phonebook entries via infrared communication you need to enter authentication password an docomo apps password Authentication password is a 4 digit number fixed up between you and other party in advance For the docomo apps password see docomo apps password P223 To activate infrared communication in a selected phonebook entry tap in the profile screen Infrared gt OK OK To send My profile tap My profile tab in the phonebook entry list screen tap Send via infrared OK OK If a name card is stored in My profile tapping Send via infrared opens a screen to select send my profile or Exchange name card via infrared Phonebook entries can be sent using Infrared app For details refer to Sending data via infrared communication P 243 Sending phonebook via Bluetooth Email Gmail Registered phonebook and My profile information can be sent using Bluetooth function P 245 or email attachment function E Sending phonebook q On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry you want to send 2 Onthe profile screen tap and Shar
324. tings 224 Improve face Improve face lock accuracy matching Clear credentials Clear all certificates or credential information from the credential storage 1 Displayed items vary depending on Screen lock Settings 2 Recording is not available if a docomo mini UIM card is not attached 3 Save certificates and credential information in the credential storage 4 VPN settings are also cleared Information e Ittakes time to encrypt the terminal Start encryption while charging the terminal with the battery fully charged and continue to charge until the encryption is complete e To decrypt the terminal reset P231 to the default status Protecting docomo mini UIM card Some functions provided for convenient use of the terminal require the security code to use them Besides the security code for locking the terminal the network security code necessary for the network services etc are available Make use of the terminal using an appropriate security code according to the purpose Hi Notes on the security codes Avoid using a number that is easy to guess such as birth date part of your phone number street address number or room number 1111 and 1234 Make sure to make a note of the security code you set lest you should forget it Be very careful not to let others know your security code If your security code is known by anyone else DOCOMO shall have no liability for any loss due to any
325. tion 55 PIN code E O 226 Play Books ERE E E a Sew 55 Play Movies amp TVs sorcerer reece cece eee 54 Play Store 0 occocrrrrrrrrccccr acc o 1 37 Deleting A A A A ee 1 38 Installing ad aa je asis 137 Playing Video e coo corro roo 182 185 POBox Touch User Guide s9 9 84 Portrait view 43 Power management rererererroro nr 219 Power Saver coco ccrrrrrrrssmsmoos 21 9 Preferred apps settings 60 223 Proximity Sensors sce ttt 30 Q Quick settings ia sie isis 217 QWERTY keyboard a ow Gi WS sos e la We 68 R Radio button on off 44 Recent calls screen 104 Recording Videos cc ttt ttt ttt 170 Reject unregistered call 107 Remote operation settings tetetete 107 Remote support a aa ea lee 16 va iat soi das aaa 275 Reset AAA 231 Appendix Index 314 Ringtone setting A a E res 215 Ringtone volume str tttt ttt ete 101 215 S Cedula daras par a 56 Screen lock e 39 227 Changing cei tay a ot ek it a a bs We Tae a a iaa 228 Setting AAA as 228 Unlocking dai as a aa 39 228 Screen mirroring bs caine bates Sava Cobra d esate E E 216 Screenshot aaa es ao aa 44 Searching A a a eS wee 61 Voice search e 61 Second call settings ee A E 107 Security as bw 6 We esos Wee 224 Security code Network security code 226 Personal Unblocking Key PUK code
326. tion e To attach a picture or a video tap and then tap Attach picture Attach video and select a video to attach q From the Home screen tap O then tap Gmail 2 Onthe Inbox tray tap e Synchronizing Gmail app in the terminal with your Gmail account starts and the Inbox is refreshed Early Warning Area Mail It is a service with which you can receive earthquake early warning etc delivered by the Meteorological Agency e Area Mail is a free service for which subscription is not required e Area Mail cannot be received in the following case During a voice call Out of service area While power is off During International roaming During Airplane mode While updating software During Android version up When a SIM other than by DOCOMO is inserted While sending receiving a message SMS e Area Mail may not be received when tethering is set or during packet communications e Area Mail that could not be received cannot be received later Mail Web browser 129 3 Select an Area Mail from the Area Mail list e You can view message of Area Mail A notification content screen appears and information you are notified by buzzer sound or If number of saved Area Mails exceeds the limit the dedicated ringtone and vibration oldest one is deleted in order 1 Receive Area Mails automatically Deleting Area Mail A dedicated ring tone sounds and 2 notification LED flashes when an From the nom
327. tion Make patter Set whether to show pattern a visible when entering pattern e You can disable applications displayed in docomo service Disabled applications may not be displayed ore Set interval time before locking in the list of docomo service Also if you newly lock automatically when turning off download an application provided by DOCOMO an the screen item may be added in the list of docomo service Power button Set whether to enable screen lock instantly locks by pressing Owner info Set text to be displayed on the Location services unlock screen Set whether to permit the location Encrypt phone Encrypt the internal storage If you information service encrypt the phone entering a security code or password is Access to my required each time you turn on location the power Let Google apps P Setup SIM card P227 access your lock location Make passwords Set whether to show the input GPS satellites Set whether to permit isi character before appears on applications to identify your the password entry screen current location using GPS Device Set whether to enable device Google s location Set whether to permit Google to o ic eet can apps Sel whether to prohibit installation of possibly harmful installation set options related to security Display trusted CA credentials Saena 27 credentials Install from Install encrypted certificates from internal storage internal storage Set
328. tion data is also included other than text and image displayed on the screen and charges will apply to the data Email is handled as an email from a PC Your email cannot be received if rejecting emails from PCs is set ona recipient terminal From the Home screen tap O 2 3 then tap Email e If you have already set an email account tap Inbox to select an email account to receive In the Inbox tap Tap an email you want to read e Email message appears Information The sender name of a received email is the name set on sender s terminal If you set Email notifications in Account settings P 125 and set Inbox check frequency to an item other than Manual appears in the status bar when you receive a new email Drag the status bar downwards to read the received email Tap an address of received email to register the address to the phonebook For addresses already registered to the phonebook display the phonebook entries or select an application to create mail etc In the Inbox or the email message screen tap 77 to add yx star and the email is added to Starred folder To check starred emails in a list in the Inbox Inbox Show all folders Tap Starred To add star to multiple emails in the Inbox mark emails you want to add stars then tap ww at the bottom right of the screen Mail Web browser 123 Changing Inbox view Turn Preview pane on and turn the terminal sideways to show
329. to check the problem If the problem still persists contact Repairs on the last page in Japanese only If repair is required resultingly Bring the terminal to the DOCOMO specified repair office However it must be taken during business hours of the repair office Make sure to bring a warranty card with the product when you visit the shop Note that repair may take some days depending on the problem Mi Within the warranty period e We repair the terminal free of charge based on the terms documented in the warranty e When requesting a repair make sure to bring the warranty card with the terminal Repair requests that are not accompanied by the warranty or that involve malfunction and damage due to incorrect handling by the owner damage of liquid crystal connector etc will only be repaired at the owner s expense even if the warranty period is still effective Appendix Index 276 e Malfunction due to use of devices and Mi Parts stock period consumable parts other than those The functional parts necessary to repair the specified by DOCOMO will only be terminal will be basically available for a repaired at the owner s expense even if minimum of 4 years after the manufacture is the warranty period is still effective discontinued However depending on the defective portion repair may not be possible because of a shortage of repair parts Note that repair may still be possible depending on the defective portion even if
330. tooth NFC Reader Writer P2P functions in a place where the use is prohibited such as in a airplane or hospital Virtual Private Network VPN is a technology to connect to the information in a protected local network from another network Generally VPNs are provided to companies schools and other facilities A user can access to the information in the local network from outside of the premises To set up a VPN access from the terminal you need to retrieve the information related to security from your network administrator For details see the following website http www sonymobile co jp support In Japanese only Information e If you set sp mode as an ISP you cannot use PPTP Settings 208 Adding a VPN 4 From the Settings screen P 202 tap More gt VPN e When the note appears follow the onscreen instructions to set unlocking method of screen lock For details see Setting screen unlock method P228 2 Tap Ei 3 When an editing screen is displayed follow the instruction of the network administrator to enter set required items of VPN settings 4 Tap Save Information Added VPNs can be edited deleted To edit VPNs touch and hold a VPN you want to change then tap Edit profile Change the VPN settings as required and tap Save To delete touch and hold a VPN you want to delete then tap Delete profile Connecting to a VPN q From the Settings screen P 202 tap More
331. tooth function P 245 Enable Disable mobile data communication or set data usage limit Information e You can check communication volume for each application For some applications the settings can be displayed Settings 206 Enabling mobile data communication 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap CH of Mobile data communication or drag it to the right 3 Read the note and tap Yes information Alternatively drag the status bar downwards and tap Mobile data to turn on off mobile data communication Setting data usage limit 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap Set mobile data limit and SS read the notes and then tap OK e Set mobile data limit is marked Information e Note that mobile data communication will be disabled when data usage volume reaches to the limit e Change the setting value for data usage limit and the value for alert by dragging the right end of each bar in the graph Alternatively tap each bar drag the number then tap Set Setting Data usage cycle From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap Data usage cycle setting item and tap the set period Change cycle e When you tap Change cycle select reset date and tap Set Permitting data roaming 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Data usage 2 Tap BH and Data roaming then read the notes and then tap
332. trial scientific consumer and medical equipment including home electric appliances such as microwave ovens premises radio stations for identifying mobile units used in the manufacturing lines of plants radio stations requiring a license specified low power radio stations radio stations requiring no license and amateur radio stations radio stations requiring a license Before using the device confirm that premises radio stations for identifying mobile units specified low power radio stations and amateur radio stations are not being operated nearby If the device causes harmful radio interference to premises radio stations for identifying mobile units immediately change the frequency band or stop use and contact General Inquiries on the last page for crosstalk avoidance etc e g partition setup If the device causes radio interference to specified low power radio stations or amateur radio stations contact General Inquiries on the last page y Channel number Ch 5 2GHz band 5 3GHz band 5 6GHz band 5GHz device cautions The following channel numbers and frequency bands are available in Japan Frequency band MHz 5 18 5 20 5 22 5 24 5 26 5 28 5 30 5 32 5 50 5 52 5 54 5 56 5 58 5 60 5 62 5 640 5 660 5 680 5 700 128 132 136 Using wireless LAN built into the terminal in 5 2 5 3 GHz outside is prohibited by the Radio Law wi c CERTIFIED Contents Precautio
333. ts tab phonebook application is required When you use 2 Name registered in the phonebook entry docomo phonebook application for the first time Entry items including after resetting the application Use of e Icons indicate entry items Cloud screen appears Tap Start to start using Photo set in the phonebook entry cloud o Register e Alternatively from the Home screen tap and tap Groups Phonebook to display phonebook list screen Select a group to be displayed e Phonebook data can be backed up in a microSD card Communication tab using RIE tY 77 Y 2 docomo backup e Call history or history of message SMS sp mode application For information on backing up see KI mail and SNS messages are displayed El 7P y TF docomo backup P 199 To display a message SMS or sp mode mail tap e To activate Xperia phone application from the Communication tab on the phonebook list Home screen tap 8 then tap Contacts screen and tap Update setting Take on the service to obtain the history then register the service in advance e SNS messages are displayed only when using My SNS function after using Cloud is started Phone 108 Timeline tab e Timeline of SNS blog by Friend NEWS function and My SNS function is displayed To display start using Cloud Option menu My profile tab e Check your own phone number Index character area e Tap index character to display phonebook entr
334. tting SS eo Information Some Bluetooth keyboards compatible with HID profiles cannot be used or may not operate properly After BY is shown on the status bar of the terminal enter characters with USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard If the status icon does not appear tap character input field Press one byte two byte key on a USB JIS keyboard or Bluetooth JIS keyboard to switch the Roman alphabet kana input Alphabet input on the terminal For English keyboards pressing key grave key switches the input mode While displaying word suggestions press Tab key 4 key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to select a word in word suggestions While not selecting a word in word suggestions press Space key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to switch to direct conversion You can edit texts with connected USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard For instructions on editing texts on the terminal see Editing text P77 Press Ctrl key and A key to select all entered text Press Shift key and key or Shift key and gt key to partly select entered text from cursor Press Ctrl key and X key to cut a selected character string Press Ctrl key and C key to copy a selected character string Press Ctrl key and V key to paste a copied or cut character string While displaying word suggestions press 23 No conversion key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keybo
335. ult input method is set to International keyboard To Portrait use the Japanese keyboard tap Xperia Japanese keyboard in Step 3 In this manual explanations are given only for Xperia Japanese keyboard e While entering characters drag the status bar downwards and tap Choose input method to select from Google voice typing Japanese Moji Henshu Landscape Xperia Chinese keyboard Xperia Japanese keyboard International keyboard El QWERTY keyboard Landscape Before Using the Terminal 63 E Japanese syllabary keyboard E Kanji handwriting input Portrait Portrait Landscape Landscape E Kana handwriting input Information The key display of software keyboard varies depending on the entry screen character mode or settings Portrait Landscape Before Using the Terminal 64 Information Tap a in Step 2 to change size and location of software keyboard Drag blue frame to change size Drag the software keyboard to move to To restore the software keyboard to the default tap Reset q Ona character entry screen touch and hold EN or tap E 2 TPB 10 56 06 08 HO DB B ES Display Japanese keyboard settings screen and check change the settings EJ Display the extensions list E Switch one byte two byte character El Change size and location of software keyboard except for Enter characters using the keyboard with multiple character assi
336. und of the 1 In Select an action menu P 88 Home screen or Application screen A or download from website to add tap Widget P93 e A list of widgets appears Display bookmarks of Browser Display bookmarks of Chrome Display events in calendar Contact Display contacts using Contacts application of XperiaTM Wallpaper Select from Album Live Wallpapers or Xperia wallpapers to set wallpaper P93 Group Add group shortcut of Application screen P91 Home screens Display a list of home screens and then add delete or sort home screens P87 Contents Headline Display recommended music videos e books and applications information at the dmarket Wallpaper loop Set whether to loop wallpaper on the Home screen docomo location Activate docomo location information information application docomo Palette UI 88 docomo Wi Fi Easy Connect disconnect to Wi Fi Miku Downloader Display the latest news about Connection with a one touch operation in a HATSUNE MIKU Tap to display Wi Fi area the list of dedicated applications Email Select Email account or folder to or latest news display Music Unlimited Display Music Unlimited Facebook Buttons Post your comments or select NFC Quick Launch Enable disable NFC Reader and upload images to Facebook Writer P2P function Facebook Status Show or post Facebook NOTTV 94x Watch programs contents etc comments h NOTTV widget of Mobacas a
337. ve pixels Approx 13 100 000 pixels Recorded pixels Approx 13 000 000 pixels Front camera Effective pixels Approx 310 000 pixels Recorded pixels Approx 310 000 pixels Video recording size Wireless LAN Front camera 640X480 VGA Video camera 1920X1080 Full HD 16 9 1280X720 HD 16 9 640X480 VGA 4 3 Front video camera 640X480 VGA 4 3 320X240 QVGA 4 3 Famers or Compliant with lEEE802 11a b 9 n Corresponding frequency band to IEEE802 11n 2 AGHZ 5GHz Appendix Index 287 Available Within approx 1 reception is normal Stationary continuous communication distance Supported HFP HSP OPP PAN stand by time is the estimated average operation time when radio signal reception is normal SPP HID A2DP AVRCP i Bluetooth PBAP HDP PXP MAP In certain circumstances the stand by time DID may drop to as low as half the time shown Headset Size due to the battery charge function settings jack Number of pole temperature or radio signal reception in the area no reception or weak A use of the Internet reduces the actual call profile Bluetooth Supported Compliant with e Continuous call time is an estimate of the Bluetooth Bluetooth standard operation time for calling when radio signal version Ver 4 0 reception is normal Bluetooth standar Continuous stand by time is an estimate of Power Class 1 the stand by time when radio signal 1 The figures are im
338. ver even if you suffer damage or loss while performing a navigation using the location information You cannot use the terminal as a high accuracy measurement GPS Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever even if you suffer damage or loss due to a deviation of the location information The GPS signals cannot be easily received near a vehicle s sun visor with metal parts e Global Positioning System GPS is created and managed by U S Department of Defense And the department is in charge of controlling the accuracy and maintenance of the system Therefore some changes made by U S Department of Defence might affect accuracy or functions of GPS system Apps 189 e Some wireless communications products mobile phone data detectors and some others block satellite signals and also causes instability of signal reception e Some map displays based on location information latitude longitude information may be not accurate due to some countries or regions regulations Mi Where radio waves are difficult to receive Note that radio waves may not be received or it may be difficult to receive radio waves in the following conditions since GPS uses radio waves from a satellite e Inside or immediately under a building e Inside a bag or box e Inside or under a thick covering of trees e Ina car inside a train compartment e When there are obstructions people or objects near the terminal e Inside a basem
339. ware Update e When updating software your private D Tap Configure the software information concerning SO 04E model serial update number etc is automatically sent to the server for software update managed by 3 Tap Automatic Update Manual DOCOMO DOCOMO does not use the sent Update information for purposes except software update When software update has failed the terminal may not activate or Update failed appears and all operations may become unavailable In that case please bring the terminal to DOCOMO specified repair office e While updating software do not activate other applications Appendix Index 280 When software update is necessary If the update file is downloaded automatically appears on the status bar e When the rewrite start time is reached with O displayed software is automatically rewritten When the rewrite start time is not set software is automatically rewritten between 2 a m and 5 a m 1 Drag the status bar to tap notification of Software update e Rewriting time appears 2 Perform a target operation OK Return to the Home screen Updating starts when the preset time is reached Set Time Reserved update gt Reserving software update P282 Start update Update immediately gt Updating software immediately P281 Information If the software is not updated when the update notification is received P appears on the status bar to notify If software u
340. wet hands Doing so may cause fire burns or electric shock Use the adapter only on the specified power supply and voltage When charging the terminal overseas use AC adapter for global use Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock AC adapter AC 100 V DC adapter DC 12 V or 24 V only for a negative ground vehicle AC adapter for global use AC 100 V to 240 V Make sure to connect the adapter to a household AC power outlet a Do Unplug Unplug Unplug When the fuse in a DC adapter is blown make sure to use the specified fuse Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock For the specified fuse see the users manuals that supplied with a DC adapter Clean dust from the power plug Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock When you connect the AC adapter to the power outlet insert it firmly Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock When you disconnect the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter socket do not pull the adapter cord with excessive force Instead hold the adapter to disconnect Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock Always remove the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter when not using the adapter for an extended period Failure to do so may cause fire burns or electric shock Immediately remove the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter socket if water or other fluids g
341. writing input However space is not entered automatically in the mail address or URL input fields On the Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Input support 2 Mark Auto space Information e If Word suggestion function P79 is not set Auto space is not available Before Using the Terminal 80 You can change software keyboard skin q Onthe Xperia Japanese keyboard settings screen tap Keyboard skin 2 Select from keyboards displayed by flicking left or right and tap Set skin Information e To download and add keyboard skins from a website tap Search for skin in Step 2 Some keyboard skins downloaded from website may not support the terminal e To delete the downloaded keyboard skin from the Home screen tap and tap Settings Apps Downloaded tab and tap the keyboard skin you want to delete and then tap Uninstall OK Also tap Uninstall OK in Step 2 so that you can delete the keyboard skin that is not compatible with the terminal You can use or add extensions when entering characters Using Contact Picker 2 3 If contacts are registered to the Contacts you can use Contact Picker 2 3 to enter contact information when entering characters q Ona character entry screen touch and hold E or tap El Tap 2 3 Tap Contact Picker 2 3 gt Contacts tab 4 Tap the contact to pick up e When you enter a name or reading in the search box at the
342. y 4 Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed e Alternatively pinch in on the Home screen 2 Tap WIDGETS and select a widget to add e When a settings screen appears follow the onscreen instructions Information To return to the Home screen tap La or GJ or tap any home screen e For some widgets displaying size can be changed To change displaying size touch and hold a widget then drag the blue frame e To delete a widget from the Home screen touch and hold a widget to delete and drag it to displayed at the bottom of the screen Adding a shortcut to the Home screen You can add shortcuts of application bookmark etc Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed Before Using the Terminal 50 e Alternatively pinch in on the Home screen 9 Tap APPS 3 Shortcuts or select an application you want to add e When you select Shortcuts select from the stored shortcuts e When a data selection screen or setting screen appears follow the onscreen instructions Information e To return to the Home screen tap L _J or LJ or tap any home screen e To delete a shortcut touch and hold a shortcut to delete on the Home screen drag it to displayed at the bottom of the screen Adding a folder to the Home screen You can put applications shortcuts etc added to the Home screen into a folder to manage them q From the
343. y the same operation Entering the PIN code when powered on On the PIN code entry screen enter the PIN code 2 Tap Eel Changing the PIN code e You can change only when you activate the SIM card lock 1 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security gt Set up SIM card lock gt Change SIM PIN 2 Enter the current PIN code and tap OK 3 Enter a new PIN code and tap OK Entera new PIN code again and tap OK Unlocking PIN lock 4 Enter PUK code then tap Ezy 2 Enter a new PIN code and tap ES 3 Enter a new PIN code again and tap ES Screen lock You can secure your data by requiring a screen unlock pattern every time the terminal is turned on or every time it is activated from sleep mode There are 5 types of screen lock settings Swipe Touch Face Unlock Pattern PIN and Password P 228 Settings 227 Setting screen unlock method 2 From the Settings screen P 202 tap Security gt Screen lock Tap any of Swipe Touch Face Unlock Pattern PIN Password e When you tap Face Unlock follow the onscreen instructions to set face authentication For unlocking when the Face Unlock cannot be unlocked Pattern or PIN is required to select to set e When you tap Pattern follow the onscreen instructions to enter unlock pattern Set security question and answer in case you forget the pattern e When you tap PIN follow the onscreen instructions to ent
344. ying media files in the DLNA device with the terminal You can share media files on the terminal and DLNA device using Media server function e Connect a DLNA device and the terminal via the same Wi Fi network and set the permission of access from the terminal for the device in advance q From the Home screen tap O then tap any of Album Movies WALKMAN 2 Tap any of My albums Devices My music External device connection 255 Select a device name to connect and select a folder 4 Tap a media file to play it Playing a media file in the terminal with a DLNA device You can play a media file in the terminal with a DLNA device using Throw function e Connect a DLNA device and the terminal via the same Wi Fi network in advance e Setting a permission of access from the terminal in advance may be required on a DLNA device From the Home screen tap then tap any of Album Movies WALKMAN 2 Tapafile you want to play 3 Tap H and Throw e A device list appears Tap a device on the device list e The file is played by a DLNA device Connecting to other devices This terminal supports MHL connection To connect to an MHL compatible TV insert a commercially available MHL cable into the microUSB jack of the terminal and the MHL jack of the TV To connect to an HDMI compatible TV use a commercially available HDMI connector MHL adapter and an HDMI cable etc to connect to the termina
345. you enter a name or email address in the search box at the top of the screen a list of contacts matching the entered numbers or letters appears Information e To enter multiple email addresses If you need to make the settings manually contact directly separate with a comma and your email service provider or system administrator then enter the next email address e e gg To add Cc or Bec recipients tap la tap Show Cc Bcc email account and if server manager sets Remote wipe the data saved in the terminal may be deleted 4 Enter a subject and message 5 Tap SEND Mail Web browser 122 Information e Toattach a file while creating an email tap and attach a file in the following step Select a file from the saved image file list to attach it Take photo Start the camera to take a photo and attach it Add video Select a file from the saved video file list to attach it Record Start the camera to shoot a video and video attach it Add sound WALKMAN Select a file from the saved music file list to attach it Sound Recorder Record a voice message and attach it Add files Select files from a saved file list to attach Add note Select a file from the saved memo or voice memo list to attach it e While creating a mail tap and tap Save as draft to save a mail as a draft Also displaying other image while creating a mail saves the mail as a draft In sent received emails a communica
346. ys or Just once to select a picture D Set image range to be displayed and then tap Crop e Drag to adjust cropping frame to set image range 6 Tap Save Information e You can also set photo to a phonebook entry by the following operation From the Home screen tap then tap Album Select an image you want to set and tap the screen and PB then tap Use as Photo of phonebook Select a phonebook entry you want to register set image range to be displayed and then tap Crop Setting ringtone q On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry you want to set a ringtone 2 Onthe profile screen tap and Set ringtone 3 Selecta ringtone and tap Done Information For docomo account you can set ringtone by tapping Setting for Ringtone on the Edit profile screen For Google account on Preferred apps settings P223 you can also set Set all to or Contacts to Xperia then edit phonebook entry using Contacts application to set ringtone To set a ringtone other than the ones stored by default tap Bg Depending on the saving account ringtone can be set when saving a phonebook entry Phone 113 Combining phonebook entries You can bind multiple phonebook entries together into one 4 On the phonebook list screen P 108 select a phonebook entry to combine 2 Onthe profile screen tap and Join Separate e Phonebook entries to be combined are displayed

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

OPERATION & INSTALLATION MANUAL  Origin Storage 500GB 5.4K SATA AES 256-bit  BENDIX BW1425S User's Manual  LG ME43BK User's Manual  INSTRUCTIONS DE MONTAGE MICROPROP DC2  VENTImotion - Frank`s Hospital Workshop  JC-761LC 取扱説明書  MAW-D9XP MAW-D8XP MAW-D7XP 取扱説明書  LUCY COOK  Page 1 Page 2 使用上の安全遵守事項 目動車整膚用リフト 安全・安酒  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file